1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
54 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
55 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
56 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
58 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot
59 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
142 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
157 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
158 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
161 \begin_inset CommandInset href
163 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
177 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 \begin_inset Note Note
188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
189 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
190 \begin_inset Newline newline
195 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
205 LatexCommand tableofcontents
212 \begin_layout Chapter
216 \begin_layout Section
220 \begin_layout Standard
221 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
222 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
234 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 , tidak perlu menyatakan
244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
247 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
251 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
261 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
265 \begin_layout Standard
266 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
279 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
280 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
283 \begin_layout Standard
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
296 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
297 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
298 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
299 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
300 ini adalah buku panduan
301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
315 \begin_layout Section
316 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
321 bagian atas jendela kerja.
322 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
323 berbagai tombol bantuan.
324 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
331 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
332 merupakan kesengajaan.
333 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
334 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
335 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
337 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
338 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
339 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
340 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
341 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
342 yang melebihi area kerja.
343 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
344 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
345 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
346 dan melebihi area kerja.
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
351 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
358 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
363 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
364 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
372 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
380 \begin_layout Section
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
390 buku panduan dalam LyX.
391 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
395 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
398 \begin_layout Section
400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
402 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
409 \begin_layout Standard
410 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
411 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
412 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
413 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
414 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
430 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
431 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
432 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
433 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
436 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
440 \begin_inset Index idx
443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
444 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
450 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
451 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
454 \begin_layout Section
456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
458 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
465 \begin_layout Standard
466 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
467 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
469 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
470 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
471 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
474 \begin_layout Standard
475 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
477 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
478 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
479 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
483 \begin_layout Standard
484 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
487 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
506 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
507 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
509 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
517 \begin_inset Note Note
520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
521 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
529 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
530 More about TeX Code is described in section
535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
537 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
541 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
548 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
558 \begin_inset Index idx
561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
567 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
568 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
570 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
575 \begin_layout Chapter
576 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
579 \begin_layout Section
580 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
581 \begin_inset Index idx
584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
593 \begin_layout Standard
594 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
598 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
599 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
602 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_inset Graphics
607 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
615 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_inset Graphics
640 filename ../../images/file-open.png
648 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_inset Graphics
661 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
669 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Itemize
707 \begin_layout Itemize
713 \begin_layout Itemize
719 \begin_layout Itemize
725 \begin_inset Graphics
726 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Standard
741 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
743 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
744 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
746 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
757 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
758 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
759 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
760 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
761 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
768 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
775 \begin_layout Standard
792 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
798 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
799 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
818 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
819 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
827 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
828 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
829 Dengan operasi berkas
837 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
838 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
864 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
865 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
866 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
867 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
868 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
876 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
877 fitur suntingan lainnya.
878 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
879 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
880 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
883 \begin_layout Itemize
889 \begin_inset Graphics
890 filename ../../images/cut.png
898 \begin_layout Itemize
904 \begin_inset Graphics
905 filename ../../images/copy.png
913 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_inset Graphics
920 filename ../../images/paste.png
928 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
942 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
952 \begin_layout Itemize
956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
966 \begin_inset Graphics
967 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
976 \begin_layout Standard
977 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
979 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
980 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
989 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
994 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
995 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
996 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
998 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1002 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1005 \begin_layout Standard
1006 \begin_inset Index idx
1009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1015 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1049 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1052 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1070 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1071 yang disisipkan dalam
1076 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1081 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1085 \begin_layout Standard
1086 \begin_inset Index idx
1089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1096 \begin_inset Index idx
1099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1107 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1126 akan membuka jendela dialog
1129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1139 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1141 Dengan menekan tombol
1145 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1159 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1160 Jika anda menekan tombol
1165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1172 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1180 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1220 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1221 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1233 , maka pencarian kata
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1266 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1278 tidak akan menemukan
1279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1293 \begin_layout Standard
1294 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1296 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1298 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1299 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1303 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1311 \begin_layout Section
1312 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1313 \begin_inset Index idx
1316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1323 \begin_inset Index idx
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1335 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1343 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1344 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1346 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1349 atau dari tombol bantuan
1354 \begin_inset Graphics
1355 filename ../../images/undo.png
1360 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1361 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1363 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1368 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1369 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1371 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 atau dengan menekan tombol
1375 \begin_inset Graphics
1376 filename ../../images/redo.png
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1386 disimpan, status dokumen
1387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1394 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1395 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1398 \begin_layout Standard
1407 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1408 Namun demikian proses
1416 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1420 \begin_layout Section
1422 \begin_inset Index idx
1425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1438 \begin_layout Enumerate
1443 \begin_layout Itemize
1448 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1449 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1454 \begin_layout Enumerate
1455 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1464 kemudian seret tetikus.
1465 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1466 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1469 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1475 \begin_layout Itemize
1476 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1477 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1479 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1486 \begin_layout Enumerate
1487 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1491 \begin_layout Standard
1496 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1497 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1502 \begin_layout Enumerate
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1512 pada sel tabel akan membuka dialog pengaturan lanjut pada tabel.
1516 \begin_layout Section
1518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1520 name "sec:Navigating"
1525 \begin_inset Index idx
1528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1537 \begin_layout Standard
1538 LyX menyediakan dua cara navigasi dalam dokumen:
1541 \begin_layout Itemize
1546 memaparkan semua bagian yang ada dalam dokumen yang bisa anda klik untuk
1547 melihat bagian dokumen tersebut.
1550 \begin_layout Itemize
1553 Dokumen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1560 atau dari tombol bantuan
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1570 \begin_layout Standard
1571 Jendela paparan menampilkan kandungan dokumen berupa daftar isi (TOC) seperti
1572 yang dikemukakan pada subbab
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1579 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1584 Anda dapat memilih dan jika anda klik, anda akan dibawa ke bagian dokumen
1585 yang anda klik tadi.
1586 Pada bagian atas jendela paparan, ada kotak pilihan tarik yang berisi pilihan
1587 berbagai daftar obyek, seperti Daftar Catatan Kaki.
1588 Beberapa daftar lainnya, misalnya Daftar Tabel, Daftar Gambar, Daftar Algoritma
1589 bisa juga ditambahkan dalam dokumen, lihat di subbab
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1596 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1605 akan mengurutkan semua yang ada dalam jendela paparan, sedangkan pilihan
1606 Tetap akan mempertahankan tampilan paparan.
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1614 seperti namanya, akan mengurutkan yang ada di jendela paparan.
1619 akan mempertahankan tampilan seperti kondisi terakhir.
1624 disini berarti anda mempertahankan yang sudah dibuka.
1625 Misalnya anda sudah membuka di aras sub-subbab, misalnya di sub-subbab
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 juga 4, kemudian anda berpindah ke subbab
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 3, maka sub-subbab yang sudah dibuka tidak akan ditutup.
1634 Tanpa pilihan Tetap, ketika anda berpindah dari sub-subbab ke subbab, maka
1635 sub-subbab akan ditutup dan kembali ke aras subbab.
1638 \begin_layout Standard
1639 Dengan menggunakan tombol
1640 \begin_inset space \space{}
1644 \begin_inset Graphics
1645 filename ../../images/down.png
1650 \begin_inset space \space{}
1654 \begin_inset Graphics
1655 filename ../../images/up.png
1659 yang berada di bagian bawah jendela paparan, anda dapat merubah posisi
1660 bagian dokumen keatas atau kebawah.
1661 Misalnya, dengan menggunakan tombol
1662 \begin_inset space \space{}
1666 \begin_inset Graphics
1667 filename ../../images/up.png
1671 anda dapat merubah subbab
1672 \begin_inset space ~
1676 \begin_inset space ~
1680 LyX secara otomatis akan merubah nomor sesuai dengan posisi yang baru.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 Dengan menggunakan Tombol
1685 \begin_inset Graphics
1686 filename ../../images/promote.png
1696 \begin_inset Graphics
1697 filename ../../images/demote.png
1706 ), anda dapat merubah posisi bagian dokumen pada aras kedalamannya, misalnya
1707 dari sub-subbab menjadi subbab atau sebaliknya dari subbab menjadi subsubbab.
1708 Dengan mengunakan fitur ini, anda dapat merubah dari subbab
1709 \begin_inset space ~
1713 \begin_inset space ~
1717 \begin_inset space ~
1723 \begin_layout Standard
1725 \begin_inset Graphics
1726 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1732 membantu anda untuk melompat ke posisi dokumen yang terakhir anda ubah.
1733 Ini sangat bermanfaat jika anda bekerja dalam dokumen yang panjang; misalnya
1734 anda merubah teks kemudian melihat ke bagian lain dan ingin kembali ke
1735 tempat semula saat anda melakukan perubahan.
1736 Dengan sekali tekan tombol bantuan ini, anda akan kembali ke posisi semula.
1740 \begin_layout Section
1741 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1744 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1749 \begin_inset Index idx
1752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1759 \begin_inset Index idx
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1795 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1796 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1797 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1802 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1803 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1804 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1808 untuk melengkapi kata.
1809 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1810 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1811 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1812 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1824 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1827 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1829 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1836 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1841 Sedangkan pengaturan
1843 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1845 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1846 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1852 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1854 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1856 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1857 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1858 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1865 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1872 \begin_layout Section
1873 Gabungan tombol ketik
1874 \begin_inset Index idx
1877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1878 Gabungan tombol ketik
1884 \begin_inset Index idx
1887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1899 Gabungan tombol ketik
1903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1916 \begin_inset Index idx
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1950 \begin_layout Standard
1951 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
1952 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
1955 \begin_layout Standard
1956 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
1959 \begin_inset space ~
1967 \begin_inset space ~
1988 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
1989 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
1992 \begin_layout Labeling
1993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1997 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1998 LatexCommand nomenclature
2000 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2006 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2007 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2009 \begin_inset space ~
2013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2015 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2022 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2027 \begin_inset space ~
2031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2033 reference "sub:Lists"
2039 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2047 \begin_layout Labeling
2048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2052 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2053 LatexCommand nomenclature
2055 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2061 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2069 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2070 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2073 \begin_layout Labeling
2074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2080 \begin_inset space ~
2084 \begin_inset space ~
2095 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2099 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2100 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2104 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2108 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2112 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2115 \begin_layout Labeling
2116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2121 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2134 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2135 LatexCommand nomenclature
2137 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2141 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2142 yang dikombinasikan:
2146 \begin_layout Itemize
2155 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2158 \begin_layout Itemize
2167 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2170 \begin_layout Itemize
2179 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2183 \begin_layout Labeling
2184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2189 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2203 LatexCommand nomenclature
2205 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2209 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2210 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2213 \begin_layout Labeling
2214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2219 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2232 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2233 LatexCommand nomenclature
2235 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2239 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2240 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2241 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2242 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2247 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2252 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2253 memilih menu tersebut.
2257 \begin_layout Standard
2258 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2265 \begin_inset space ~
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2275 \begin_inset space ~
2279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2282 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2298 \begin_inset space ~
2304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2319 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2330 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2331 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2332 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2333 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2334 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2335 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2352 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2359 \begin_layout Standard
2360 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2362 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2367 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2374 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2381 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2388 \begin_layout Chapter
2390 \begin_inset Index idx
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 \begin_layout Section
2404 \begin_inset Index idx
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 \begin_layout Subsection
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2422 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2423 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2424 numbering schemes, and so on.
2425 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2426 and format the title of your document differently.
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2434 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2435 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2436 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2437 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2438 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2441 \begin_layout Standard
2442 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2443 how to adjust their properties.
2446 \begin_layout Subsection
2448 \begin_inset Index idx
2451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2460 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2467 \begin_layout Standard
2468 You can select a class using the
2470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2471 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2475 \begin_inset Index idx
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2485 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2493 \begin_layout Standard
2494 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 Article for basic articles
2502 \begin_layout Description
2503 Report for basic reports
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Book for writing a book
2510 \begin_layout Description
2511 Letter for US-style letters
2514 \begin_layout Standard
2515 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2516 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2517 will include many of these.
2518 Here are some of the classes.
2519 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2521 Special Document Classes
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2544 \begin_layout Description
2545 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2546 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2547 There are three article layouts available.
2548 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2549 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2550 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2551 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2556 sequential numbering
2557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2560 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2561 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2562 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2563 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2566 \begin_layout Description
2567 Beamer Layout for presentations
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2572 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2580 \begin_layout Description
2582 \begin_inset space ~
2585 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2588 \begin_layout Description
2589 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2592 \begin_layout Description
2593 Foils Used to make transparencies
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2598 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2604 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2607 \begin_layout Description
2608 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2611 \begin_layout Description
2612 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2617 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2618 (Is used by this document.)
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2625 \begin_layout Description
2626 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2629 \begin_layout Description
2634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2641 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2642 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2644 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Slides Used to make transparencies
2651 \begin_layout Description
2653 \begin_inset space ~
2656 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2657 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2660 \begin_layout Description
2661 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2667 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2673 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2674 of the document classes.
2677 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2681 \begin_layout Standard
2682 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2686 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2688 \begin_inset Index idx
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2708 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2713 \begin_inset space ~
2720 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2721 that are not installed to produce output.
2722 So it seems that something is wrong.
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 But nothing is wrong.
2727 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2728 and some of them, like
2732 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2733 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2734 files, with a growing number.
2735 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2736 by some document class.
2737 There are just too many of them.
2738 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2741 \begin_layout Standard
2742 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2743 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2744 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2745 document class for a new file.
2746 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2751 Installing new LaTeX files
2752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2759 manual for information on how to install them.
2760 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2768 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2770 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2771 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2772 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2774 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2777 \begin_inset space ~
2784 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2796 \begin_inset Index idx
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2808 \begin_layout Standard
2809 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2810 chosen document class.
2811 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2812 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2823 \begin_inset Index idx
2826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2833 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2837 \begin_layout Standard
2838 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2839 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2840 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2841 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2842 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2843 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2844 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2846 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2850 \begin_inset Index idx
2853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 Reconfiguration of LyX
2860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2863 Installing new LaTeX files
2864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2871 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2874 \begin_layout Standard
2875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2883 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2884 LyX will advise you about these things.
2892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 Each class has a default set of options.
2898 Here's a quick table describing them:
2901 \begin_layout Standard
2902 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2910 \begin_inset Tabular
2911 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2912 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3372 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3378 \begin_layout Standard
3379 You're probably also wondering what
3380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3384 \begin_inset space ~
3388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3392 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3393 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3398 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3403 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3413 headings, there are also
3421 headings, and so on.
3422 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3423 \begin_inset space ~
3427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3429 reference "sub:Headings"
3436 \begin_layout Subsection
3438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3440 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3445 \begin_inset Index idx
3448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3457 \begin_inset Index idx
3460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3470 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3483 \begin_inset space ~
3488 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3490 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3491 to use for your document.
3492 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3496 \begin_layout Standard
3503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3509 \begin_inset space ~
3514 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3515 You can choose between the following five options:
3518 \begin_layout Labeling
3519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3524 Use default page style of current class.
3527 \begin_layout Labeling
3528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3533 No page numbers or headings.
3536 \begin_layout Labeling
3537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3545 \begin_layout Labeling
3546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3551 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3552 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3553 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3568 \begin_inset Index idx
3571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3572 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3578 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3579 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3581 Check the documentation for the
3585 package for more details,
3586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3595 \begin_layout Standard
3600 of paragraphs is described in section
3601 \begin_inset space ~
3605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3607 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3614 \begin_layout Subsection
3615 Paper Size and Orientation
3616 \begin_inset Index idx
3619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3620 Document ! Paper size
3626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3628 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 You'll find the following options in the menu
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3644 of the dialog of the
3646 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3652 \begin_inset Index idx
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 \begin_layout Labeling
3665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3669 \begin_inset space ~
3674 What size paper to print on.
3678 \begin_layout Itemize
3684 \begin_layout Itemize
3694 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 \begin_layout Itemize
3706 \begin_layout Itemize
3712 \begin_layout Itemize
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Labeling
3725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3730 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3741 \begin_layout Labeling
3742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3746 \begin_inset space ~
3751 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3752 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3755 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3764 \begin_inset Index idx
3767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3774 \begin_inset Index idx
3777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3787 Paper margins are set in the menu
3789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3793 \begin_inset Index idx
3796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 \begin_layout Standard
3806 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3807 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3808 the paper format and the font size into account.
3811 \begin_layout Subsection
3815 \begin_layout Standard
3816 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3821 That includes the paragraph environments.
3822 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3823 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3824 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3825 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3834 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3836 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3837 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3838 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3841 \begin_layout Section
3842 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3843 \begin_inset Index idx
3846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3847 Paragraph ! Indentation
3855 \begin_layout Subsection
3857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3859 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3867 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3868 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3873 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3874 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3875 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3879 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3885 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3886 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3887 language than English.
3888 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3893 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3895 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3896 LyX takes care of that.
3897 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3899 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3900 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3901 of a page, and so on.
3905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3906 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3911 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3912 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3916 of these pre-coded spacings.
3917 We'll explain more later.
3920 \begin_layout Subsection
3921 Paragraph Separation
3922 \begin_inset Index idx
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 Paragraph ! Separation
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 To separate paragraphs, select
3946 \begin_inset space ~
3953 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3957 \begin_inset Index idx
3960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3966 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3967 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3968 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3981 \begin_layout Standard
3982 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3983 \begin_inset space ~
3987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3989 reference "cap:Units"
3994 The default length is 30
3995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4001 \begin_layout Subsection
4005 \begin_layout Standard
4006 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4011 \begin_inset space ~
4016 dialog and toggle the
4019 \begin_inset space ~
4024 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4027 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4031 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4032 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4036 \begin_layout Standard
4037 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4038 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4041 \begin_layout Subsection
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4047 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4062 \begin_inset Index idx
4065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4074 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4077 \begin_inset space ~
4086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4087 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4092 \begin_inset Index idx
4095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4096 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4101 installed to use this feature.
4109 \begin_layout Section
4110 Paragraph Environments
4111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4113 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4118 \begin_inset Index idx
4121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4122 Paragraph ! Environments
4128 \begin_inset Index idx
4131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4132 Paragraph environments|(
4140 \begin_layout Subsection
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4167 \begin_inset Newline newline
4170 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4171 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4172 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4181 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4184 \begin_layout Standard
4185 A paragraph environment is simply a
4186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4193 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4194 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4195 scheme, labels, and so on.
4196 Additionally, you can
4197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4204 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4205 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4206 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4207 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4208 days of typewriters.
4209 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4211 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4216 \begin_inset Graphics
4217 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4223 at the left end of the toolbar.
4224 LyX will change the environment of the
4228 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4229 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4230 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4234 \begin_layout Standard
4243 create a new paragraph using the
4247 paragraph environment.
4249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4256 because if you are in one of these environments:
4259 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 \begin_layout Itemize
4271 \begin_layout Itemize
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4283 \begin_layout Itemize
4289 \begin_layout Itemize
4295 \begin_layout Itemize
4301 \begin_layout Standard
4302 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4306 , rather than resetting it to
4311 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4312 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4313 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4314 \begin_inset space ~
4318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4320 reference "sec:Nesting"
4325 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4330 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4331 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4335 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4341 \begin_layout Subsection
4345 \begin_layout Standard
4346 The default paragraph environment is
4351 It creates a plain paragraph.
4352 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4353 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4354 this manual) are in the
4361 \begin_layout Standard
4362 You can nest a paragraph using the
4366 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4374 \begin_layout Subsection
4376 \begin_inset Index idx
4379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Standard
4389 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4398 for thanks or contact information.
4399 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4400 page along with today's date.
4401 For other types of documents, the title
4402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4409 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4428 Here's how you use them:
4431 \begin_layout Itemize
4432 Put the title of your document in the
4439 \begin_layout Itemize
4440 Put the author name in the
4447 \begin_layout Itemize
4448 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4449 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4455 Note that using this environment is optional.
4456 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4457 If you don't want any date, add the line
4458 \begin_inset Newline newline
4468 \begin_inset Newline newline
4471 to the preamble of your document (menu
4473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4479 \begin_layout Standard
4480 You can use footnotes to insert
4481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4488 or contact information.
4491 \begin_layout Subsection
4493 \begin_inset Index idx
4496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4512 \begin_layout Standard
4513 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4514 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4519 \begin_inset Index idx
4522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4523 Section headings ! Numbered
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4536 \begin_layout Enumerate
4542 \begin_layout Enumerate
4548 \begin_layout Enumerate
4554 \begin_layout Enumerate
4560 \begin_layout Enumerate
4566 \begin_layout Enumerate
4572 \begin_layout Enumerate
4578 \begin_layout Standard
4579 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4580 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4581 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4584 \begin_layout Standard
4585 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4586 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4587 You group the book into chapters.
4588 LyX does similar grouping:
4591 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 is divided in either
4607 \begin_layout Itemize
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4631 \begin_layout Itemize
4643 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 \begin_layout Itemize
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4676 Not all document types use the
4680 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4685 is the top-level heading.
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4698 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4699 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4701 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4715 \begin_inset Index idx
4718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4719 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4727 \begin_layout Standard
4728 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4732 \begin_layout Enumerate
4738 \begin_layout Enumerate
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 \begin_layout Enumerate
4756 \begin_layout Enumerate
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4771 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4772 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4773 table of contents, see section
4774 \begin_inset space ~
4778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4788 Changing the Numbering
4789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4791 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4798 \begin_layout Standard
4799 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4800 in the Table of Contents.
4801 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4803 Certain classes start with
4817 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4827 This is something you can change.
4830 \begin_layout Standard
4833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4839 \begin_inset Index idx
4842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4853 \begin_inset space ~
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4862 you'll see two counters.
4867 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4869 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4874 Short Titles of Headings
4875 \begin_inset Index idx
4878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4879 Section headings ! Short titles
4885 \begin_inset Argument
4888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4897 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4906 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4907 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4908 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4911 \begin_layout Standard
4912 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4913 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4914 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4915 To specify a short title, use the menu
4917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4919 \begin_inset space ~
4925 This will insert a box labeled
4926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4941 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4942 This also works for captions inside floats.
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4946 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4954 The following information applies to all section headings:
4957 \begin_layout Itemize
4958 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4973 \begin_layout Subsection
4974 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4992 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4993 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4994 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4995 the text they contain.
4996 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5004 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5008 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5017 when you start a new paragraph.
5018 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5022 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5023 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5024 to change back to the
5028 environment yourself.
5031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5061 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5062 time for the differences.
5071 are identical except for one difference:
5075 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5084 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5088 Here's an example of the
5101 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5103 See – no indentation!
5107 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5108 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5109 the other paragraph.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 Here's another example, this time in the
5120 \begin_layout Quotation
5126 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5127 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5128 the first line, then
5132 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5136 you were quoting other text.
5139 \begin_layout Quotation
5140 Here's a new paragraph.
5141 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5142 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 As the examples show,
5150 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5151 They should put quotes in the
5156 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5160 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5169 \begin_inset Index idx
5172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5181 \begin_inset Index idx
5184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5200 \begin_layout Standard
5205 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5211 \begin_inset Newline newline
5214 Which I did not rehearse!
5218 It could be much worse.
5219 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5221 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5222 indented a bit more than the first.
5223 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 And make things look fine
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5239 arg "newline-insert newline"
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5250 does not indent both margins.
5251 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5252 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5259 arg "newline-insert newline"
5265 \begin_layout Subsection
5267 \begin_inset Index idx
5270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5286 \begin_layout Standard
5287 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5297 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5306 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5307 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5308 some general features of all four of them.
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5316 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5318 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5327 reset the environment to
5331 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5332 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5333 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5340 to break paragraphs.
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5344 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5345 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5347 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5348 you read all of section
5349 \begin_inset space ~
5353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5355 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5369 \begin_inset Index idx
5372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5393 paragraph environment.
5394 It has the following properties:
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 The items can have any length.
5413 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5414 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 environment inside another
5430 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5450 reference "sec:Nesting"
5454 for a full explanation of nesting.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5468 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5471 \begin_layout Standard
5472 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5473 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the first level
5481 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the second level is a dash.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back out to the third level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the second level.
5510 \begin_layout Itemize
5511 Back to the outermost level.
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 These are the default labels for an
5520 You can customize these labels in the
5522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5525 dialog in the submenu
5532 \begin_inset Index idx
5535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5546 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5548 \begin_inset space ~
5552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5554 reference "sec:Nesting"
5561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5567 \begin_inset Index idx
5570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5579 name "sec:Enumerate"
5586 \begin_layout Standard
5591 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5592 It has these properties:
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5606 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 environment resets the counter to one.
5617 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5632 Items can have any length.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5657 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5658 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The first level of an
5670 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the third level
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the second level.
5704 \begin_layout Enumerate
5705 Back to the outermost level.
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5714 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5719 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5724 There is more to nesting
5728 environments than we've stated here.
5729 You should read section
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5736 reference "sec:Nesting"
5740 to learn more about nesting.
5743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5749 \begin_inset Index idx
5752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5766 list has no fixed label.
5767 Instead, LyX uses the first
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 of the first line as the label.
5779 \begin_layout Description
5780 Example: This is an example of the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5788 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5792 \begin_layout Standard
5794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 it is meant that the first hit of the
5805 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5807 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5815 arg "space-insert protected"
5820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5823 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5835 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5839 for more info.) Here is an example:
5842 \begin_layout Description
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5847 Example: This one shows how to use a
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5862 \begin_layout Description
5863 Usage: You should use the
5867 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5868 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5870 It's not a good idea to use a
5874 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5875 You're better off using
5887 paragraphs into them.
5890 \begin_layout Description
5891 Nesting: You can nest
5895 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5900 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5901 them from the first line.
5904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5910 \begin_inset Index idx
5913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5927 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5939 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5944 environment is named
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5965 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5966 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5969 \begin_layout Labeling
5970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5975 labels LyX uses the first
5976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5983 of each line as the item label.
5988 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5989 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5990 blank as described above.
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5995 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5996 the body of the item text.
5997 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5998 label width plus a little extra space.
6002 \begin_layout Labeling
6003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6008 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6010 If the label width is larger, the label
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 into the first line.
6019 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6020 margin of the rest of the item text.
6023 \begin_layout Labeling
6024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6029 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6034 environment have the same left margin.
6035 \begin_inset Newline newline
6038 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6057 determines the default label width.
6058 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6067 multiple times instead.
6068 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6077 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6080 \begin_inset space ~
6085 every time you alter a label in a
6090 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 The predefined default width is the length of
6094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6103 \begin_inset Newline newline
6107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6115 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6116 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6124 \begin_layout Standard
6129 environment the same way like the
6133 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6139 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6143 \begin_layout Standard
6148 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6150 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6152 \begin_inset space ~
6156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6158 reference "sec:Nesting"
6162 to learn about nesting.
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6166 There is yet another feature of the
6170 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6172 You can use additional
6176 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6181 are documented in section
6182 \begin_inset space ~
6186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6188 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6193 Here are some examples:
6194 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6200 \begin_layout Labeling
6201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6202 Left The default for
6209 \begin_layout Labeling
6210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6218 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6221 \begin_layout Labeling
6222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6234 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6239 \begin_inset Index idx
6242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6259 \begin_inset space ~
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6268 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6276 \begin_inset space ~
6282 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6283 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6284 In contrast, you can use the
6291 \begin_inset space ~
6296 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6297 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6301 \begin_layout Standard
6302 Of course, you're not limited to using
6309 \begin_inset space ~
6318 \begin_inset space ~
6323 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6324 some European academic papers.
6327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6331 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6338 \begin_layout Standard
6343 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6344 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6348 \begin_inset space ~
6353 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6354 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6355 Here's an example of each:
6358 \begin_layout Right Address
6360 \begin_inset Newline newline
6364 \begin_inset Newline newline
6368 \begin_inset Newline newline
6371 When is it? What is today?
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6378 \begin_inset space ~
6384 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6385 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6386 Here's an example of the
6393 \begin_layout Address
6395 \begin_inset Newline newline
6398 Where do I send this
6399 \begin_inset Newline newline
6402 Your post office and country
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6406 As you can see, both
6413 \begin_inset space ~
6418 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6423 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6429 This makes sense, since
6437 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6438 Thus, you have to use
6445 arg "newline-insert newline"
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6454 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6456 \begin_inset space ~
6465 menu) to start a new line in an
6472 \begin_inset space ~
6480 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6485 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6486 or list of references.
6487 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6490 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6494 \begin_inset Index idx
6497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6506 \begin_layout Standard
6511 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6512 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6513 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6514 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6518 in anything else or vice versa.
6524 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6525 The book document classes ignores the
6529 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6533 in a letter document class.
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6541 environment does several things for you.
6542 First, it puts the centered label
6543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6551 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6553 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6554 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6555 the subsequent text.
6556 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6557 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6565 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6566 The new paragraph will still be in the
6571 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6572 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6576 \begin_inset Float figure
6581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 \begin_inset Graphics
6584 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
6591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6592 \begin_inset Caption
6594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6597 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6619 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6623 environment, but since this document is in the
6624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6631 class, we can't do this.
6632 We inserted it therefore as figure
6633 \begin_inset space ~
6637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6639 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6644 If you've never heard of an
6645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6652 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6661 \begin_inset Index idx
6664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6673 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6680 \begin_layout Standard
6685 environment is used to list references.
6686 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6687 only use it at the end of the document.
6692 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 When you first open a
6700 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6716 depending on the document class.
6717 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6718 Each paragraph of the
6722 environment is a bibliography entry.
6727 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6728 Each new paragraph is still in the
6735 \begin_layout Standard
6736 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6737 by using a BibTeX database.
6738 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6739 phy handling, have a look at in section
6740 \begin_inset space ~
6744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6746 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6753 \begin_layout Subsection
6757 \begin_inset Index idx
6760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6761 Paragraph ! LyX code
6767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6781 environment is another LyX extension.
6782 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6787 key as a fixed whitespace;
6791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6803 \begin_inset space ~
6808 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6813 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6814 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6817 arg "newline-insert newline"
6834 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6835 So, when you finish using the
6839 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6840 Also, you can nest the
6844 environment inside of others.
6847 \begin_layout Standard
6848 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6851 \begin_layout Itemize
6855 arg "newline-insert newline"
6858 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6863 \begin_inset space \space{}
6873 arg "newline-insert newline"
6879 \begin_layout Itemize
6883 arg "newline-insert newline"
6894 \begin_layout Itemize
6899 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6906 \begin_layout Itemize
6910 arg "space-insert protected"
6917 \begin_layout Itemize
6918 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6919 You must put at least one
6923 in any line you want blank.
6924 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6927 \begin_layout Itemize
6928 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6932 since that will insert
6937 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6940 arg "self-insert \""
6946 \begin_layout Standard
6950 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6954 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6958 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6966 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6967 printf("Hello World!
6972 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6976 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6980 \begin_layout Standard
6981 This is just the standard
6982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6993 \begin_layout Standard
6998 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6999 rc-files, and so on.
7000 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7001 as if you used a typewriter.
7002 \begin_inset Index idx
7005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7006 Paragraph environments|)
7014 \begin_layout Section
7015 Nesting Environments
7016 \begin_inset Index idx
7019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7020 Nesting ! Environments
7026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7035 \begin_layout Subsection
7039 \begin_layout Standard
7040 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7042 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7044 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7046 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7058 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7076 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7082 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7085 \begin_inset space ~
7089 \begin_inset space ~
7097 \begin_inset space ~
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7110 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7111 will tell you how far you are nested).
7112 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7113 \begin_inset Graphics
7114 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
7119 \begin_inset Graphics
7120 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
7124 or the convenient key bindings
7135 arg "depth-increment"
7141 arg "depth-decrement"
7144 to change the nesting level.
7145 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7146 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7152 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7153 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7154 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7159 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7161 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7164 \begin_layout Subsection
7165 What You Can and Can't Nest
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7170 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7173 \begin_layout Standard
7174 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7175 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7176 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7180 Completely unnestable
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7188 \begin_layout Itemize
7189 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7193 \begin_layout Standard
7194 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7195 environments have them:
7198 \begin_layout Description
7199 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7200 Can't nest into them.
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7235 \begin_layout Description
7237 \begin_inset space ~
7240 Nestable You can nest them.
7241 You can nest other things into them.
7245 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7263 \begin_layout Itemize
7269 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 \begin_layout Itemize
7281 \begin_layout Itemize
7287 \begin_layout Itemize
7294 \begin_layout Description
7295 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7296 You can't nest anything into them.
7300 \begin_layout Itemize
7306 \begin_layout Itemize
7312 \begin_layout Itemize
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7324 \begin_layout Itemize
7330 \begin_layout Itemize
7336 \begin_layout Itemize
7342 \begin_layout Itemize
7348 \begin_layout Itemize
7354 \begin_layout Itemize
7360 \begin_layout Itemize
7366 \begin_layout Itemize
7372 \begin_layout Itemize
7378 \begin_layout Itemize
7382 \begin_inset space ~
7388 \begin_layout Itemize
7395 \begin_layout Standard
7396 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7404 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7413 \begin_inset space ~
7417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7421 \begin_inset space \space{}
7424 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7425 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7426 section headings violate this.
7434 \begin_layout Subsection
7435 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7436 \begin_inset Index idx
7439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7440 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7448 \begin_layout Standard
7449 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7450 affected by nesting anyhow.
7454 \begin_layout Itemize
7458 \begin_layout Itemize
7462 \begin_layout Itemize
7466 \begin_layout Standard
7468 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7476 Figures and tables in
7480 are not affected by this.
7485 Have a look at section
7486 \begin_inset space ~
7490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7492 reference "sec:Floats"
7496 for more information about
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7504 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7505 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7510 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7518 of its own, it behaves just like a
7519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 paragraph environment.
7527 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7531 \begin_layout Standard
7532 Here's an example with a table:
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7540 \begin_layout Enumerate
7541 This is (a) and it's nested.
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7554 \begin_inset Tabular
7555 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7556 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7643 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7650 \begin_layout Enumerate
7652 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7656 \begin_layout Enumerate
7660 \begin_layout Standard
7661 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7669 \begin_layout Enumerate
7670 This is (a) and it's nested.
7674 \begin_layout Standard
7675 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7681 \begin_layout Standard
7683 \begin_inset Tabular
7684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7685 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7771 \begin_layout Standard
7772 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7778 \begin_layout Enumerate
7785 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7798 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7800 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 \begin_layout Enumerate
7809 This is (a) and it's nested.
7812 \begin_layout Standard
7813 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7819 \begin_layout Standard
7821 \begin_inset Tabular
7822 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7823 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7909 \begin_layout Standard
7910 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7916 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7930 \begin_layout Standard
7931 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7937 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7938 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7942 \begin_layout Subsection
7943 Usage and General Features
7946 \begin_layout Standard
7947 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7956 is the innermost possible depth.
7957 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7961 level #1 – outermost
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 \begin_layout Standard
7995 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7996 both of them in the example.
7997 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8007 For example, if we tried to nest another
8012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8019 , we would get errors.
8022 \begin_layout Subsection
8024 \begin_inset Index idx
8027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8038 We have several examples of nested environments.
8039 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8044 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8047 \begin_layout Labeling
8048 \labelwidthstring MMM
8049 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8058 \begin_layout Labeling
8059 \labelwidthstring MMM
8060 #2-a This is level #2.
8061 We created it by using
8064 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8070 arg "depth-increment"
8077 \begin_layout Labeling
8078 \labelwidthstring MMM
8079 #3-a This is level #3.
8080 This time, we just hit
8087 arg "depth-increment"
8091 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8095 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8101 arg "depth-increment"
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8113 environment, nested inside of
8114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8122 So, it's at level #4.
8123 We did this by hitting
8126 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8132 arg "depth-increment"
8135 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8140 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8156 \begin_layout Standard
8161 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8164 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8170 \begin_layout Labeling
8171 \labelwidthstring MMM
8172 #4-a This is level #4.
8176 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8184 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8188 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8193 keep nesting things inside
8194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8205 \begin_layout Labeling
8206 \labelwidthstring MMM
8207 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8212 \begin_layout Labeling
8213 \labelwidthstring MMM
8214 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8215 and this is level #6.
8216 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8220 \begin_layout Labeling
8221 \labelwidthstring MMM
8222 #5-b Back to level #5.
8226 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8232 arg "depth-decrement"
8239 \begin_layout Labeling
8240 \labelwidthstring MMM
8244 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8250 arg "depth-decrement"
8253 , we're back at level #4.
8257 \begin_layout Labeling
8258 \labelwidthstring MMM
8259 #3-b Back to level #3.
8260 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8264 \begin_layout Labeling
8265 \labelwidthstring MMM
8266 #2-b Back to level #2.
8271 \begin_layout Labeling
8272 \labelwidthstring MMM
8273 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8274 After this sentence, we'll hit
8278 and change the paragraph environment back to
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8286 We could have also used the
8302 environment in place of the
8307 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8311 Example 2: Inheritance
8314 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8315 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8318 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8327 arg "depth-increment"
8330 , after which, we'll change to the
8338 \begin_layout Enumerate
8343 environment, at level #2.
8346 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 Notice how the nested
8351 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8355 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8359 \begin_layout Standard
8360 We ended this example by hitting
8365 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8369 and reset the nesting depth by using
8372 arg "depth-decrement"
8378 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8379 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8388 \begin_inset Argument
8391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8392 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8400 \begin_layout Enumerate
8401 This is level #1, in an
8405 paragraph environment.
8406 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8410 \begin_layout Enumerate
8415 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8421 arg "depth-increment"
8425 Now, what happens if we nest an
8429 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8430 label be? An asterisk?
8434 \begin_layout Itemize
8444 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8445 So, its label is a bullet.
8446 (We got here by using
8449 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8455 arg "depth-increment"
8458 , then changing the environment to
8466 \begin_layout Itemize
8467 Here's level #4, produced using
8470 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8476 arg "depth-increment"
8480 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8488 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8493 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8497 , because we are in the
8506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8525 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8531 type of numbering does LyX use?
8534 \begin_layout Enumerate
8535 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8538 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8541 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8544 \begin_layout Enumerate
8548 arg "depth-decrement"
8551 to decrease the depth after the next
8554 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8563 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8567 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8570 numeral as the label.Why?
8573 \begin_layout Enumerate
8574 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8583 Notice, however, that LyX
8587 reset the counter for the label.
8591 \begin_layout Enumerate
8595 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8601 arg "depth-decrement"
8604 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8605 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8606 into the twofold-nested
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 The same thing happens if we do another
8618 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8624 arg "depth-decrement"
8627 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8631 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8636 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8650 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8656 The same rule applies for the
8660 environment, as well.
8663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8664 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8667 \begin_layout Enumerate
8668 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8669 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8670 same detail with how we did it.
8679 \begin_layout Standard
8687 arg "depth-increment"
8694 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8695 example in parentheses someplace.
8696 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8697 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8698 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8702 \begin_layout Enumerate
8707 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8712 Now we'll add verse.
8713 \begin_inset Newline newline
8716 It will get much worse.
8717 \begin_inset Newline newline
8727 arg "depth-increment"
8738 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8739 \begin_inset Newline newline
8742 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8749 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8762 \begin_layout Standard
8763 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8771 \begin_inset Tabular
8772 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8773 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8864 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8874 arg "depth-increment"
8880 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8890 arg "depth-decrement"
8897 \begin_layout Enumerate
8902 : level #1) This is another item.
8903 Note that selecting a
8907 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8908 3 times to put the table inside the
8916 \begin_layout Quotation
8917 We're now ending the
8921 list and changing to
8926 We're still at level #1.
8927 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8928 The next set of paragraphs is a
8929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8943 \begin_inset space ~
8948 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8952 for the letter body.
8956 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8959 to preserve the depth.
8960 Remember that you need to use
8963 arg "newline-insert newline"
8966 to create multiple lines inside the
8973 \begin_inset space ~
8983 \begin_layout Right Address
8985 \begin_inset Newline newline
8988 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8989 \begin_inset Newline newline
8995 \begin_layout Address
8997 \begin_inset space ~
9003 \begin_layout Quotation
9004 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9009 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9010 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9011 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9012 as soon as possible.
9013 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9016 \begin_layout Quotation
9017 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9018 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9019 with your order, along with payment.
9022 \begin_layout Quotation
9023 We thank you again for your patience.
9026 \begin_layout Address
9028 \begin_inset Newline newline
9035 \begin_layout Quotation
9036 That ends that example!
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9041 just a few keystrokes.
9042 We could have easily nested an
9063 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9066 \begin_layout Section
9067 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9068 \begin_inset Index idx
9071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9080 \begin_layout Standard
9081 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9082 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9083 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9084 be broken at the end of a line.
9085 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9089 \begin_layout Subsection
9091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9093 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9098 \begin_inset Index idx
9101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9111 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9113 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9117 Further documentation is given in section
9118 \begin_inset Newline newline
9122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9124 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9148 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9157 A protected space is set with
9159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9160 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9164 \begin_inset space ~
9174 arg "space-insert protected"
9180 \begin_layout Subsection
9182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9184 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9189 \begin_inset Index idx
9192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9193 Spacing ! Horizontal
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9202 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9209 The length units are listed in Appendix
9210 \begin_inset space ~
9214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9216 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9227 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9232 \begin_inset Index idx
9235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9244 \begin_layout Standard
9246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9250 \begin_inset space \space{}
9253 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9254 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9255 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9261 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9266 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9267 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9270 arg "space-insert normal"
9276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9280 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9285 \begin_inset Index idx
9288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9306 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9315 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9316 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9317 inside abbreviations:
9322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9326 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9329 \begin_layout Standard
9330 or between values and units.
9331 Compare for example this:
9332 \begin_inset Newline newline
9336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9340 \begin_inset Newline newline
9346 \begin_layout Standard
9347 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9350 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9352 \begin_inset space ~
9360 arg "space-insert thin"
9366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9370 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9381 \begin_layout Description
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9395 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9399 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9402 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9405 \begin_layout Description
9407 \begin_inset space ~
9411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9415 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9419 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9423 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9430 em) space between the arrows.
9433 \begin_layout Description
9435 \begin_inset space ~
9439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9443 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9447 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9451 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9455 \begin_inset space ~
9459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 em) space between the arrows.
9465 \begin_layout Description
9467 \begin_inset space ~
9471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9475 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9479 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9483 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9487 \begin_inset space ~
9491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 em) space between the arrows.
9497 \begin_layout Description
9499 \begin_inset space ~
9503 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9507 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9512 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9519 cm space between the arrows.
9522 \begin_layout Standard
9524 \begin_inset space ~
9528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9530 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9534 lists the different space sizes.
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9538 \begin_inset Float table
9543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 \begin_inset Caption
9547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9550 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9554 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_inset Tabular
9565 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9566 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9791 \begin_inset Index idx
9794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9805 in a uniform fashion.
9806 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9807 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9808 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9809 equally between themselves.
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9814 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9819 This is on the left side
9820 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9823 This is on the right
9829 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9842 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9846 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9850 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9857 That was an example in the
9863 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9867 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9871 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9874 is one in a standard paragraph.
9875 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9879 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9886 \begin_inset space ~
9891 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9894 \begin_layout Standard
9896 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9900 \begin_inset space ~
9906 \begin_layout Standard
9908 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9912 \begin_inset space ~
9918 \begin_layout Standard
9920 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9924 \begin_inset space ~
9930 \begin_layout Standard
9932 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9936 \begin_inset space ~
9942 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9948 \begin_inset space ~
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9956 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9967 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9975 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9979 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9980 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9981 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9985 option in the space dialog.
9993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9995 \begin_inset Index idx
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10008 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10014 \begin_inset space \space{}
10017 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10021 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10024 What is correct English?:
10025 \begin_inset Newline newline
10029 \begin_inset Newline newline
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10036 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10037 \begin_inset Newline newline
10041 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10052 \begin_inset Newline newline
10056 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10073 \begin_layout Standard
10074 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10079 \begin_inset space ~
10083 \begin_inset space ~
10087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10091 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10094 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10098 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10104 \begin_inset space ~
10108 \begin_inset space ~
10112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10115 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10124 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10125 That is why it is named
10126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10135 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10139 \begin_layout Subsection
10141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10143 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10148 \begin_inset Index idx
10151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10164 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10166 \begin_inset space ~
10172 There you find the following sizes:
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10188 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10193 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10195 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10199 \begin_inset Index idx
10202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10203 Document ! Settings
10208 for the paragraph separation.
10209 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10226 \begin_inset Index idx
10229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10235 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10236 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10238 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10239 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10248 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10257 s are described in section
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10264 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10273 If there are several
10277 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10278 You can therefore use
10282 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10290 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10291 \begin_inset space ~
10295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10297 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10304 \begin_layout Standard
10305 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10315 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10316 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10328 \begin_layout Subsection
10329 Paragraph Alignment
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10335 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10339 There are five possibilities:
10342 \begin_layout Itemize
10350 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10356 \begin_layout Itemize
10364 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10370 \begin_layout Itemize
10378 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10384 \begin_layout Itemize
10392 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10398 \begin_layout Itemize
10406 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10413 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10414 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10415 the left and right margins.
10416 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10421 This paragraph is right aligned,
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10426 this one is centered,
10429 \begin_layout Standard
10431 this one is left aligned.
10434 \begin_layout Subsection
10436 \begin_inset Index idx
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 Page breaks ! Forced
10446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10448 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10455 \begin_layout Standard
10456 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10457 can force a page break where you want one.
10458 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10459 Only if you use a lot of
10463 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10467 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10468 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10472 have to change the page breaking.
10475 \begin_layout Standard
10476 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10478 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10481 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 \begin_inset space ~
10489 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10492 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10494 \begin_inset space ~
10499 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10501 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10502 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10505 \begin_layout Standard
10506 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10507 at the top of a page.
10508 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10509 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10510 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10511 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10515 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10519 to learn more about
10526 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10530 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10535 \begin_inset Index idx
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10539 Page breaks ! Clear
10547 \begin_layout Standard
10548 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10549 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10550 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10551 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10552 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10555 \begin_layout Standard
10556 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10567 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10570 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10572 \begin_inset space ~
10576 \begin_inset space ~
10581 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10582 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10585 \begin_layout Subsection
10587 \begin_inset Index idx
10590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10599 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10607 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10609 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10612 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10614 \begin_inset space ~
10618 \begin_inset space ~
10626 arg "newline-insert newline"
10630 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10633 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10635 \begin_inset space ~
10639 \begin_inset space ~
10644 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10646 This is necessary to avoid
10647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10654 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10658 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10659 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10660 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10661 set a line break, e.
10662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10666 \begin_inset space \space{}
10669 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10670 \begin_inset space ~
10674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10676 reference "sec:Quote"
10681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10683 reference "sec:Verse"
10688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10690 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10697 \begin_layout Subsection
10699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10701 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10706 \begin_inset Index idx
10709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10735 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10742 you can insert horizontal lines.
10743 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10744 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10749 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10760 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_layout Section
10765 Characters and Symbols
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10769 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10770 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10775 \begin_inset space \space{}
10778 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10786 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10790 for information on how this is done.
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10799 dialog via the menu
10801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10802 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10808 \begin_layout Standard
10809 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10817 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10818 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10819 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10827 \begin_layout Section
10828 Fonts and Text Styles
10829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10831 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10838 \begin_layout Subsection
10840 \begin_inset Index idx
10843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10853 There are two types of fonts:
10856 \begin_layout Description
10858 \begin_inset space ~
10862 \begin_inset Index idx
10865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10871 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10876 characters) in the font.
10877 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10878 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10879 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10880 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10881 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10882 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10883 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10884 \begin_inset Newline newline
10887 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10888 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10889 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10890 sizes than at small ones.
10891 \begin_inset Newline newline
10905 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_layout Description
10915 \begin_inset space ~
10919 \begin_inset Index idx
10922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10928 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10929 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10930 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10931 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10932 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10933 picture manipulation program.
10934 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10935 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10936 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10937 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10938 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10940 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10941 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10942 \begin_inset Newline newline
10945 Bitmap fonts are named
10948 \begin_inset space ~
10953 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10956 \begin_layout Standard
10957 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10958 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10959 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10960 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10961 use scalable fonts.
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10966 its document properties.
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10970 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10971 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10972 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10973 font to emphasize text, you use an
10974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10982 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10983 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10987 \begin_layout Subsection
10988 Document Font and Font size
10989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10991 name "sub:Document-Font"
10996 \begin_inset Index idx
10999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11006 \begin_inset Index idx
11009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 \begin_layout Standard
11019 You can set the document fonts in the
11021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11025 \begin_inset Index idx
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 Document ! Settings
11035 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11036 font shapes roman (serif),
11039 \begin_inset space ~
11051 \begin_layout Standard
11052 The possible options for the font include
11056 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11061 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 European Computer Modern
11086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11096 \begin_layout Standard
11105 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11106 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11111 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11114 \begin_inset space ~
11119 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11125 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11126 There are three ways to use one:
11129 \begin_layout Itemize
11130 One way is to use the
11140 Virtual means that it
11141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11152 -glyphs from other fonts.
11153 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11175 Loading the LaTeX-package
11180 \begin_inset Index idx
11183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11184 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11189 with the document preamble line
11190 \begin_inset Newline newline
11197 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11198 \begin_inset Newline newline
11203 will fix the guillemet problem.
11208 and that accented characters are not
11212 glyph, they are build of
11216 characters, the accent and the letter.
11217 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11221 fonts for words with accented characters.
11222 If you search for example for the French word
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11230 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11239 and not for the glyph
11240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11244 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11254 \begin_layout Itemize
11255 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11268 , consist of these three main font types
11271 \begin_inset space ~
11300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11304 \begin_inset space ~
11311 as typewriter font.
11312 \begin_inset Newline newline
11315 The differences between roman,
11318 \begin_inset space ~
11327 fonts are explained in section
11328 \begin_inset space ~
11332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11334 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11339 \begin_inset Newline newline
11346 was originally designed for newspapers.
11347 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11348 into the small newspaper columns.
11353 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11356 \begin_layout Itemize
11357 The best solution is to use the
11366 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11370 as the default font.
11371 In most cases they look the same as
11379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 One difference is improved kerning for the
11393 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11408 For the font size there are four possible values:
11425 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 The font sizes are the
11434 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11435 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11436 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11439 \begin_inset space ~
11445 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11452 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11459 \begin_layout Standard
11464 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11465 a font to display the script characters.
11469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11470 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11475 So this has no effect for the document language
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11496 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11508 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11509 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11510 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11512 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11515 dialog, see section
11516 \begin_inset space ~
11520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11522 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11534 \begin_layout Subsection
11535 Using Different Character Styles
11536 \begin_inset Index idx
11539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11546 \begin_inset Index idx
11549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11558 \begin_layout Standard
11559 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11560 certain paragraph environments.
11561 LyX supports two character styles,
11570 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11574 \begin_layout Standard
11579 style, do one of the following:
11582 \begin_layout Itemize
11583 click on the toolbar button
11584 \begin_inset Graphics
11585 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
11592 \begin_layout Itemize
11593 use the key binding
11602 \begin_layout Standard
11603 These commands are all toggles.
11608 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 One typically uses the
11616 style for proper names.
11618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11625 is the original author of LyX.
11626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 A more widely used character style is the
11638 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11645 \begin_layout Itemize
11646 clicking on the toolbar button
11647 \begin_inset Graphics
11648 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
11655 \begin_layout Itemize
11656 using the keybindings
11665 \begin_layout Standard
11670 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11671 es use a different font.
11674 \begin_layout Standard
11675 We've been using the
11679 style all over the place in this document.
11680 Here's one more example:
11683 \begin_layout Quotation
11686 Don't overuse character styles!
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11691 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11692 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11693 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11697 \begin_layout Standard
11698 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11708 \begin_inset space ~
11716 \begin_layout Subsection
11717 Fine-Tuning with the
11722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11724 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11729 \begin_inset Index idx
11732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11741 \begin_layout Standard
11742 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11743 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11744 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11745 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11746 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11747 from ordinary dialog.
11750 \begin_layout Standard
11751 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11752 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11753 \begin_inset Newline newline
11756 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11757 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11760 \begin_layout Standard
11761 To use custom character styles, open the
11763 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11765 \begin_inset space ~
11771 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11772 font property which you can choose.
11773 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11776 \begin_inset space ~
11781 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11786 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11787 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11788 environments in a snap.
11791 \begin_layout Standard
11792 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11795 \begin_inset space ~
11807 \begin_layout Labeling
11808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11822 The possible options are:
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11832 This is the Roman font family.
11833 Normally a serif font.
11834 It's also the default family.
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11849 \begin_inset space ~
11856 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11868 \begin_layout Labeling
11869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11876 This is the Typewriter font family.
11882 arg "font-typewriter"
11891 \begin_layout Labeling
11892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11897 This corresponds to the print weight.
11902 \begin_layout Labeling
11903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11908 This is the Medium font series.
11909 It's also the default series.
11912 \begin_layout Labeling
11913 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11920 This is the Bold font series.
11933 \begin_layout Labeling
11934 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11939 As the name implies.
11944 \begin_layout Labeling
11945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11950 This is the Upright font shape.
11951 It's also the default shape.
11954 \begin_layout Labeling
11955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11969 s the Italic font shape
11975 \begin_layout Labeling
11976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11983 This is the Slanted font shape
11985 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11988 \begin_layout Labeling
11989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11993 \begin_inset space ~
12000 This is the Small caps font shape
12007 \begin_layout Labeling
12008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12013 Alters the size of the font.
12014 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12015 nal to the document font size.
12016 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12017 what you want to do.
12022 \begin_layout Labeling
12023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12044 arg "font-size tiny"
12050 \begin_layout Labeling
12051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12072 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12078 \begin_layout Labeling
12079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12100 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12106 \begin_layout Labeling
12107 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12128 arg "font-size small"
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12149 It's also the default size.
12153 arg "font-size normal"
12159 \begin_layout Labeling
12160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 arg "font-size large"
12187 \begin_layout Labeling
12188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12209 arg "font-size larger"
12215 \begin_layout Labeling
12216 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12237 arg "font-size largest"
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12265 arg "font-size huge"
12271 \begin_layout Labeling
12272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12293 arg "font-size giant"
12300 \begin_layout Standard
12305 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12306 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12307 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12308 — use that instead.
12309 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12312 \begin_layout Labeling
12313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12323 \begin_layout Labeling
12324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12331 This is text with emphasize on
12334 This might seem like the same as
12338 , but it is actually a bit different.
12344 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12346 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12357 This is text with Underbar on.
12363 arg "font-underline"
12369 \begin_inset Newline newline
12374 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12375 when you couldn't change fonts.
12376 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12377 It's only included in LyX because some people
12381 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12384 \begin_layout Labeling
12385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12392 This is text with Noun on.
12399 , this is a logical attribute.
12400 Normally it's equivalent to
12403 \begin_inset space ~
12412 \begin_layout Labeling
12413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12418 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12419 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12423 \begin_inset space ~
12428 , which is the default
12429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12436 and means normally black, you can choose between
12469 \begin_inset Index idx
12472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12481 \begin_layout Labeling
12482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12487 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12488 the language of the document.
12489 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12493 \begin_layout Standard
12494 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12495 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12497 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12504 dialog, the settings are saved.
12505 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12506 \begin_inset Graphics
12507 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
12512 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12513 when the dialog isn't visible.
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12518 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12525 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12526 (suppose you just set the shape to
12527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12545 \begin_inset space ~
12557 \begin_layout Standard
12558 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12566 \begin_inset space ~
12578 \begin_layout Itemize
12584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12591 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 \begin_inset Newline newline
12613 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12627 \begin_inset Note Note
12630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12631 For more on phantoms see section
12632 \begin_inset space ~
12636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12638 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12648 \begin_inset Newline newline
12654 \begin_layout Itemize
12659 fonts use characters with serifs.
12660 These are the small
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12668 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12669 The following example will show the difference:
12670 \begin_inset Newline newline
12674 \begin_inset Newline newline
12679 text without serifs
12682 \begin_inset Newline newline
12685 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12686 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12693 \begin_layout Itemize
12699 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12700 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12705 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12708 \begin_layout Section
12709 Printing and Previewing
12712 \begin_layout Subsection
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12717 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12718 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12719 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12720 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12721 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12723 Additional Features
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12730 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12731 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12732 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12733 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12734 This happens in two stages:
12737 \begin_layout Enumerate
12738 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12739 generating a file with the extension,
12740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12754 \begin_layout Enumerate
12755 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12759 file to produce printable output.
12763 \begin_layout Subsection
12764 Output file formats
12765 \begin_inset Index idx
12768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12777 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12786 \begin_inset Index idx
12789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12790 File formats ! ASCII
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 This file type has the extension
12800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12812 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12816 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12826 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12827 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12835 \begin_inset Index idx
12838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12839 File formats ! LaTeX
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 This file type has the extension
12849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12862 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12863 it manually with console commands.
12864 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12865 you view or export your document.
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12869 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12871 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12872 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12891 \begin_inset Index idx
12894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 This file type has the extension
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12926 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12927 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12931 \begin_layout Standard
12932 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12933 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12934 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12935 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12937 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12940 \begin_layout Standard
12941 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12943 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12952 \begin_inset Index idx
12955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12956 File formats ! PostScript
12964 \begin_layout Standard
12965 This file type has the extension
12966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 PostScript was developed by the company
12982 as a printer language.
12983 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12985 PostScript can be seen as a
12986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12989 programming language
12990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12993 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12998 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13004 \begin_inset Index idx
13007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13008 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13018 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 Encapsulated PostScript
13027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 (EPS, file extension
13031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13044 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13049 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13053 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13054 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13055 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13056 EPS to avoid this problem.
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13063 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13071 \begin_inset Index idx
13074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13081 \begin_inset Index idx
13084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 This file type has the extension
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13111 Portable Document Format
13112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13119 was derived from PostScript.
13120 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13129 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13130 looks exactly the same.
13133 \begin_layout Standard
13134 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13142 (JPG, file extension
13143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13170 Portable Network Graphics
13171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13174 (PNG, file extension
13175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13187 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13188 in the background to one of these formats.
13189 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13190 will slow down your workflow.
13191 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13197 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 in three different ways:
13203 \begin_layout Description
13204 PDF This uses the program
13208 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13209 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13213 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13214 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13217 \begin_layout Description
13219 \begin_inset space ~
13222 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13226 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13230 \begin_layout Description
13232 \begin_inset space ~
13235 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13239 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13242 \begin_layout Standard
13243 We recommend to use
13246 \begin_inset space ~
13255 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13256 works without problems.
13261 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13266 \begin_inset Index idx
13269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13270 FileFormats ! XHTML
13276 \begin_inset Index idx
13279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 This file type has the extension
13290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13302 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13303 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13304 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13305 suitable for the purpose.
13306 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13307 it, but not all do.
13310 \begin_layout Standard
13311 XHTML output remains
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13319 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13324 LyX and the World Wide Web
13325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13330 Additional Features
13332 manual, for more information.
13335 \begin_layout Standard
13336 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13345 \begin_layout Subsection
13347 \begin_inset Index idx
13350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13359 \begin_layout Standard
13360 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13361 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13365 and choose a file type.
13366 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13369 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13372 you can use the toolbar button
13373 \begin_inset Graphics
13374 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13381 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13386 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13388 \begin_inset space ~
13394 \begin_inset Graphics
13395 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13401 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13405 \begin_inset Graphics
13406 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13413 arg "buffer-view ps"
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13421 viewer window using the menu
13423 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 \begin_layout Standard
13430 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13432 To have a real output, export your document.
13435 \begin_layout Subsection
13436 Printing the File from within LyX
13437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13439 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13446 \begin_layout Standard
13447 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13448 it directly from within LyX.
13449 To print a file, select the menu
13451 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13454 or click on the toolbar button
13455 \begin_inset Graphics
13456 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
13461 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13462 This file is then processed by the program
13466 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13471 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13474 \begin_layout Standard
13475 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13476 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13477 printing one set to print on the other side.
13478 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13479 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13480 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13483 \begin_layout Standard
13484 You can set the parameters in the
13487 \begin_inset space ~
13495 \begin_layout Labeling
13496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13501 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13506 Note that this printer name is for the program
13515 has to be configured for this printer name.
13516 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13517 \begin_inset space ~
13521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13523 reference "sub:Printer"
13532 The printer should understand PostScript.
13535 \begin_layout Labeling
13536 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13541 The name of a file to print to.
13542 The output will be a PostScript file.
13543 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13547 \begin_layout Section
13548 A few Words about Typography
13549 \begin_inset Index idx
13552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 \begin_layout Subsection
13563 \begin_inset Index idx
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13575 \begin_layout Standard
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13588 character comes in four lengths: the
13600 , and the minus sign:
13601 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13608 \begin_inset Tabular
13609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13610 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13611 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13612 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13613 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13614 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13643 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13683 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13710 \begin_inset space ~
13713 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13720 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13747 \begin_inset space ~
13750 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13771 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13805 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13811 \begin_layout Standard
13812 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13824 character multiple times in a row.
13825 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13826 the final output, but not in LyX.
13828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13860 math mode and has a length of its own.
13861 Here are some examples of the
13862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13876 \begin_layout Enumerate
13877 line- and page-breaks
13878 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13888 \begin_layout Enumerate
13890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13900 \begin_layout Enumerate
13901 Oh — there's a dash.
13902 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13912 \begin_layout Enumerate
13913 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13927 \begin_layout Subsection
13929 \begin_inset Index idx
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13941 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13949 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13950 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13955 \begin_inset Index idx
13958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13959 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13964 following the rules of the document language
13968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13969 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13981 \begin_inset space ~
13988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14000 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14005 font and with unusual constructs, like
14006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14015 This is done with the menu
14017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14018 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14020 \begin_inset space ~
14026 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14027 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14031 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14032 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14042 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14050 as a hyphenation possibility.
14051 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14052 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14053 as described in section
14054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14057 Prevent Hyphenation
14058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 \begin_layout Subsection
14070 \begin_inset Index idx
14073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14083 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14086 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14093 \begin_layout Standard
14094 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14095 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14096 LaTeX then adds the
14097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14100 appropriate amount of space
14101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14107 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14112 not work in all cases.
14114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14126 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14130 Here are some examples of
14134 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14137 \begin_layout Itemize
14142 \begin_layout Itemize
14147 \begin_layout Standard
14148 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14151 \begin_layout Itemize
14153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14157 this is too much space!
14160 \begin_layout Itemize
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14173 \begin_layout Enumerate
14177 \begin_inset space ~
14182 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14183 \begin_inset space ~
14187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14189 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14194 \begin_inset Index idx
14197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14198 Spaces ! inter-word
14206 \begin_layout Enumerate
14210 \begin_inset space ~
14215 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14216 \begin_inset space ~
14220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14222 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14227 \begin_inset Index idx
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14239 \begin_layout Enumerate
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14247 \begin_inset space ~
14251 \begin_inset space ~
14258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14260 \begin_inset space ~
14265 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14266 This function is also bound to
14269 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14279 \begin_layout Itemize
14281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14285 \begin_inset space \space{}
14288 this is too much space!
14291 \begin_layout Itemize
14292 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14298 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14299 will take care of this.
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14303 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14307 \begin_inset space ~
14312 feature described in section
14318 Additional Features
14323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14325 \begin_inset Index idx
14328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14329 Typography ! Quotes
14335 \begin_inset Index idx
14338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14369 \begin_layout Standard
14370 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14371 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14372 and use a closing quote at the end.
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14382 The keyboard character,
14386 , generates this automatically.
14389 \begin_layout Standard
14390 You can change the behavior of the
14394 key using the submenu
14400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14404 \begin_inset Index idx
14407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14408 Document ! Settings
14416 \begin_layout Standard
14417 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14422 There are six choices:
14425 \begin_layout Labeling
14426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14438 Use quotes like this
14439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14447 \begin_inset Quotes els
14451 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14457 \begin_layout Labeling
14458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14461 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14471 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14475 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14479 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14485 \begin_layout Labeling
14486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14489 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14493 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14499 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14507 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14511 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14517 \begin_layout Labeling
14518 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14521 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14525 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14531 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14535 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14539 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14543 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14549 \begin_layout Labeling
14550 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14553 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14557 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14563 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14567 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14571 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14575 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14581 \begin_layout Labeling
14582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14585 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14589 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14595 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14599 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14603 \begin_inset Quotes als
14607 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14613 \begin_layout Standard
14614 These settings affect what character the
14621 \begin_layout Subsection
14623 \begin_inset Index idx
14626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14627 Typography ! Ligatures
14633 \begin_inset Index idx
14636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14667 name "sub:Ligatures"
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14676 print them as single characters.
14677 These groups are known as
14682 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14684 Here are the standard ligatures:
14687 \begin_layout Itemize
14691 \begin_layout Itemize
14695 \begin_layout Itemize
14699 \begin_layout Itemize
14703 \begin_layout Itemize
14707 \begin_layout Standard
14708 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14713 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 To break a ligature, use
14739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14740 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14742 \begin_inset space ~
14749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14777 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 \begin_layout Subsection
14787 \begin_inset Index idx
14790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14799 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14806 \begin_layout Standard
14807 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14808 characters in different sizes and heights.
14809 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14810 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14830 \begin_inset Note Note
14833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14842 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14843 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14848 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14852 \begin_layout Description
14853 LyX The name of the game, write
14854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14875 \begin_layout Description
14876 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14898 \begin_layout Description
14899 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14921 \begin_layout Description
14922 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14944 \begin_layout Standard
14945 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14950 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14958 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14959 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14960 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14963 : The actual version is
14964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14971 , the previous one was
14972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14982 \begin_layout Standard
14983 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14988 \begin_inset space \space{}
14991 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14993 This will look in LyX like:
14994 \begin_inset Graphics
14995 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
15001 \begin_inset Newline newline
15004 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15005 \begin_inset space ~
15009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15011 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15018 \begin_layout Subsection
15020 \begin_inset Index idx
15023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15033 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15034 space between two words.
15035 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15045 for units use the menu
15047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15048 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15050 \begin_inset space ~
15058 arg "space-insert thin"
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15065 Here's an example to show the differences:
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15069 \begin_inset Tabular
15070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15071 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15072 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15084 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15096 space between number and unit
15103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15112 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15124 half space between number and unit
15137 \begin_layout Subsection
15139 \begin_inset Index idx
15142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15143 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15152 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15154 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15155 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15156 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15157 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15158 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15159 These bits of text became known as
15170 \begin_layout Standard
15171 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15172 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15173 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15174 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15175 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15176 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15177 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15182 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15183 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15184 \begin_inset space ~
15188 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15190 key "latexcompanion"
15195 \begin_inset space ~
15199 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15205 ] may have more information.
15206 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15209 \begin_layout Chapter
15210 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15213 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15226 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15229 \begin_layout Section
15231 \begin_inset Index idx
15234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15250 \begin_layout Standard
15251 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15254 \begin_layout Description
15256 \begin_inset space ~
15259 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15260 \begin_inset Newline newline
15264 \begin_inset Note Note
15267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15268 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15276 \begin_layout Description
15277 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15278 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15280 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15281 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15282 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15285 \begin_inset Newline newline
15289 \begin_inset Note Comment
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15293 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15301 \begin_layout Description
15303 \begin_inset space ~
15306 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15307 \begin_inset Newline newline
15311 \begin_inset Newline newline
15315 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15324 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15325 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15326 How this can be done is explained in the
15335 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15341 \begin_inset Newline newline
15345 \begin_inset Newline newline
15348 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15349 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15353 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15354 \begin_inset Graphics
15355 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
15357 scaleBeforeRotation
15363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15367 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15370 \begin_layout Section
15372 \begin_inset Index idx
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15384 name "sec:Footnotes"
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15398 or the toolbar button
15399 \begin_inset Graphics
15400 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
15413 \begin_inset Graphics
15414 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15423 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15452 label, the box will
15456 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15457 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15470 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15487 Here's an example footnote:
15495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15504 \begin_layout Standard
15505 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15506 position where the footnote box is placed.
15507 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15508 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15509 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15510 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15511 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15516 ey are described in the
15523 \begin_layout Section
15525 \begin_inset Index idx
15528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15537 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15546 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15550 \begin_inset space ~
15555 or the toolbar button
15556 \begin_inset Graphics
15557 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 appearing within your text.
15585 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15595 At the side is an example marginal note.
15599 \begin_inset Marginal
15602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15603 This is a marginal note.
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15612 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15613 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15614 pages, right on odd pages.
15617 \begin_layout Section
15618 Graphics and Images
15619 \begin_inset Index idx
15622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15629 \begin_inset Index idx
15632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15641 name "sec:Graphics"
15648 \begin_layout Standard
15649 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15650 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15651 \begin_inset Graphics
15652 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15662 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15666 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15671 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15672 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15674 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15675 \begin_inset space ~
15679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15681 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15693 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15694 of the image in the output.
15695 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15699 \begin_inset space ~
15703 \begin_inset space ~
15712 \begin_inset space ~
15716 \begin_inset space ~
15720 \begin_inset space ~
15725 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15726 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15737 LaTeX and LyX options
15739 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15740 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15744 \begin_inset space ~
15749 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15750 with the image size is printed.
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15758 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_inset space ~
15767 is explained in the
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15779 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15780 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15782 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15788 \begin_inset Graphics
15789 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
15791 rotateOrigin center
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15799 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15800 the image into a float, see section
15801 \begin_inset space ~
15805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15807 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15814 \begin_layout Subsection
15816 \begin_inset Index idx
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15828 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15836 You can insert images in any known file format.
15837 But as we explained in section
15838 \begin_inset space ~
15842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15844 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15848 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15849 LyX uses therefore the program
15853 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15854 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15855 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15856 \begin_inset space ~
15860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15862 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15873 \begin_layout Description
15875 \begin_inset space ~
15878 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15879 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15880 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 Graphics Interchange Format
15885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15888 (GIF, file extension
15889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15901 \begin_inset Index idx
15904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15936 Portable Network Graphics
15937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15940 (PNG, file extension
15941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15953 \begin_inset Index idx
15956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15988 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15992 (JPG, file extension
15993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16017 \begin_inset Index idx
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 \begin_layout Description
16053 \begin_inset space ~
16056 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16058 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16059 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16060 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16061 \begin_inset Newline newline
16064 Scalable image formats can be
16065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 Scalable Vector Graphics
16069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16072 (SVG, file extension
16073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16085 \begin_inset Index idx
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16120 Encapsulated PostScript
16121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16124 (EPS, file extension
16125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16137 \begin_inset Index idx
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16172 Portable Document Format
16173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16176 (PDF, file extension
16177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16189 \begin_inset Index idx
16192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16200 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16201 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16215 \begin_layout Standard
16216 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16220 \begin_layout Subsection
16221 Grouping of Image Settings
16222 \begin_inset Index idx
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 Images ! Settings grouping
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16235 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16237 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16238 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16240 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16241 need to manually change each of them.
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16246 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16249 \begin_inset space ~
16254 field in the Graphics dialog.
16255 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16256 by checking the name of the desired group.
16259 \begin_layout Section
16261 \begin_inset Index idx
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16282 \begin_inset Graphics
16283 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
16290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16294 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16295 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16296 from the rest of the table.
16297 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16298 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16300 Here's an example table:
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16305 \begin_inset Tabular
16306 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16307 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 \begin_layout Subsection
16515 \begin_layout Standard
16516 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16517 brings up the table dialog.
16518 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16519 where the cursor is placed currently.
16520 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16521 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16522 done on all of your selection.
16525 \begin_layout Standard
16526 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16529 \begin_inset space ~
16534 helps you in setting table properties.
16535 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16538 \begin_layout Standard
16542 \begin_inset space ~
16547 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16548 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16549 current cell respectively.
16550 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16552 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16553 of text, see section
16554 \begin_inset space ~
16558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16560 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16568 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16569 using the check box
16578 This will merge the cells to
16582 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16583 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16584 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16585 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16586 in the last row without the upper border:
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16591 \begin_inset Tabular
16592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16593 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16595 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16729 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16730 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16731 explained in the tables section of the
16734 \begin_inset space ~
16740 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16744 degrees counterclockwise.
16745 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 Most DVI-viewers are
16761 able to display rotations.
16769 \begin_layout Standard
16774 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16779 adds lines for all cell borders.
16782 \begin_layout Subsection
16784 \begin_inset Index idx
16787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 Tables ! Longtables
16794 \begin_inset Index idx
16797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 \begin_layout Standard
16807 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16810 \begin_inset space ~
16814 \begin_inset space ~
16823 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16824 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16827 \begin_layout Description
16832 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16833 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16834 except for the first page, if
16837 \begin_inset space ~
16845 \begin_layout Description
16849 \begin_inset space ~
16854 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16855 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16858 \begin_layout Description
16863 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16864 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16865 except for the last page, if
16868 \begin_inset space ~
16876 \begin_layout Description
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16885 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16886 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16889 \begin_layout Description
16890 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16891 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16897 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16900 \begin_inset space ~
16908 \begin_layout Standard
16909 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16910 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16911 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16912 The others will then be defined as
16917 In this context, first means first in this order:
16920 \begin_inset space ~
16932 \begin_inset space ~
16938 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16943 \begin_inset Tabular
16944 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16945 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16946 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16947 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16948 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16949 <row endfirsthead="true">
16950 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16961 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 <row endfirsthead="true">
16981 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17001 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <row endhead="true">
17014 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <row endhead="true">
17045 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <row endfoot="true">
17078 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <row endlastfoot="true">
19060 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 \begin_layout Subsection
19099 \begin_inset Index idx
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19111 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19118 \begin_layout Standard
19119 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19120 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19121 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19122 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19126 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19127 for the cell's paragraph.
19130 \begin_layout Standard
19131 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19132 for the column in the table dialog.
19133 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19134 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19140 \begin_inset Tabular
19141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19142 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19144 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 This is longer now.
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19347 This is longer now.
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19379 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19380 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19386 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19392 Selection with the mouse or with
19396 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19397 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19398 the selection from outside the table.
19401 \begin_layout Section
19403 \begin_inset Index idx
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19422 \begin_layout Standard
19423 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19424 have a fixed location.
19426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19433 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19441 \begin_inset space ~
19446 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19447 too many notes on the page.
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19451 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19452 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19453 and pages without text.
19454 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19455 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19456 Floats are therefore numbered.
19457 Referencing is described in section
19458 \begin_inset space ~
19462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19464 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19471 \begin_layout Standard
19472 To insert a float, use the menu
19474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19478 A box with a caption that has e.
19479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19483 \begin_inset space \space{}
19487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19491 \begin_inset space ~
19495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19498 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19499 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19501 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19502 \begin_inset Index idx
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19511 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19512 paragraph within the float.
19513 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19514 by left-clicking on the box label.
19515 A closed float box looks like this:
19516 \begin_inset Graphics
19517 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
19522 – a gray button with a red label.
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19526 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19527 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19530 \begin_layout Subsection
19534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19536 \begin_inset Index idx
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 Floats ! Figure floats
19546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19548 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19559 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19562 inserts a float with the label
19563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19569 \begin_inset space ~
19575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19579 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19580 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19581 This is what we did for Figure
19582 \begin_inset space ~
19586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19588 reference "cap:Platypus"
19593 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19594 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19595 This was done in Figure
19596 \begin_inset space ~
19600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19602 reference "cap:Escher"
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19610 \begin_inset Float figure
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 \begin_inset Graphics
19618 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19620 rotateOrigin center
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 \begin_inset Caption
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19633 name "cap:Platypus"
19637 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19651 \begin_inset Float figure
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 \begin_inset Caption
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 \begin_inset Graphics
19678 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19680 rotateOrigin center
19692 \begin_layout Standard
19693 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19695 As described in section
19696 \begin_inset space ~
19700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19702 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19706 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19711 and refer to it using the menu
19713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19717 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19726 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19739 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19740 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19741 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19742 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19744 \begin_inset space ~
19748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19750 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19754 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19755 You can also set the images one below the other.
19757 \begin_inset space ~
19761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19763 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19770 reference "fig:Platypus"
19774 are the subfigures.
19777 \begin_layout Standard
19778 \begin_inset Float figure
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19788 \begin_inset Float figure
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 \begin_inset Caption
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19799 name "fig:Undefinable"
19811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 \begin_inset Graphics
19813 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19824 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19828 \begin_inset Float figure
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 \begin_inset Caption
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19839 name "fig:Platypus"
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 \begin_inset Graphics
19853 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 \begin_inset Caption
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19877 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19881 Two distorted images.
19894 \begin_layout Standard
19895 Note that the caption is added to the
19898 \begin_inset space ~
19902 \begin_inset space ~
19907 as described in section
19908 \begin_inset space ~
19912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19914 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19923 \begin_inset Index idx
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 Floats ! Table floats
19935 \begin_layout Standard
19936 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19939 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19943 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19946 \begin_inset space ~
19950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19952 reference "cap:Table-float"
19956 is an example of a table float.
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19960 \begin_inset Float table
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 \begin_inset Caption
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19971 name "cap:Table-float"
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 \begin_inset Tabular
19986 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19987 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20141 \end{array}\right]$
20149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20185 \begin_inset Index idx
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20189 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20197 \begin_layout Standard
20198 This float type is inserted with the menu
20200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20201 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20205 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20206 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20210 , described in section
20211 \begin_inset space ~
20215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20217 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20224 \begin_layout Standard
20225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20233 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20239 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20247 floatname{algorithm}{your
20248 \begin_inset space ~
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20255 to the document preamble (menu
20257 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20264 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20286 \begin_inset Index idx
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20298 \begin_layout Standard
20299 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20307 \begin_inset Graphics
20308 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
20310 rotateOrigin center
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 \begin_inset Caption
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20323 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20327 This is a wrapped figure.
20328 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20341 This float type is used if you want to
20342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20349 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20351 It can be inserted using the menu
20353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20354 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20356 \begin_inset space ~
20361 if the LaTeX-package
20366 \begin_inset Index idx
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20383 \begin_inset space ~
20393 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20396 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20402 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20406 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 Available units are explained in Appendix
20416 \begin_inset space ~
20420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20422 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20431 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20435 \begin_layout Standard
20436 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20449 \begin_inset space \space{}
20452 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20453 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20462 \begin_layout Itemize
20463 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20464 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20465 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20466 page breaks will appear.
20469 \begin_layout Itemize
20470 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20471 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20474 \begin_layout Itemize
20475 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20476 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20479 \begin_layout Itemize
20480 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20483 \begin_layout Subsection
20485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20487 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20492 \begin_inset Index idx
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20506 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_layout Standard
20519 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20520 have a multicolumn document).
20521 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20530 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20531 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20538 \begin_layout Standard
20539 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20540 format is also the same: Table
20541 \begin_inset space ~
20545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20547 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20551 is an example of a rotated table float.
20554 \begin_layout Standard
20555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20563 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20572 \begin_inset Float table
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 \begin_inset Caption
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20583 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20597 \begin_inset Tabular
20598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20599 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20664 \begin_layout Subsection
20666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20668 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20673 \begin_inset Index idx
20676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20686 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20687 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20688 \begin_inset Newline newline
20694 \begin_inset space ~
20699 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20700 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20701 \begin_inset Newline newline
20707 \begin_inset space ~
20712 is used to rotate floats, see section
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20719 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20727 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20728 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20731 \begin_inset space ~
20735 \begin_inset space ~
20743 \begin_layout Description
20745 \begin_inset space ~
20749 \begin_inset space ~
20752 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20755 \begin_layout Description
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20761 \begin_inset space ~
20764 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20767 \begin_layout Description
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20773 \begin_inset space ~
20776 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20779 \begin_layout Description
20781 \begin_inset space ~
20785 \begin_inset space ~
20788 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 The order of the above option is
20797 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20801 \begin_inset space ~
20805 \begin_inset space ~
20813 \begin_inset space ~
20817 \begin_inset space ~
20822 , and then the others.
20823 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20825 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20826 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 By default, each option has its own rules:
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20841 \begin_inset space ~
20846 only floats occupying less than 70
20847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20850 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20853 \begin_layout Standard
20857 \begin_inset space ~
20861 \begin_inset space ~
20866 : only floats occupying less than 30
20867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20870 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20877 \begin_inset space ~
20881 \begin_inset space ~
20886 : only if more than 50
20887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20890 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20899 \begin_inset space ~
20903 \begin_inset space ~
20911 \begin_layout Standard
20912 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20913 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20914 For this case you can use the option
20917 \begin_inset space ~
20923 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20925 Because the float is then no longer able to
20926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20933 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20938 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20942 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20946 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20953 \begin_layout Section
20955 \begin_inset Index idx
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20967 name "sec:Minipages"
20974 \begin_layout Standard
20975 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20977 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20978 \begin_inset space ~
20985 \begin_layout Standard
20986 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20992 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20993 and its alignment within the page.
20996 \begin_layout Standard
20998 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21008 height_special "totalheight"
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 This is a minipage.
21015 The text is set in an italic style.
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21022 another formatting.
21030 \begin_layout Standard
21031 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21034 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21038 as described in section
21039 \begin_inset space ~
21043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21045 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21050 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21057 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21067 height_special "totalheight"
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21071 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21072 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21078 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21082 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21092 height_special "totalheight"
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21097 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21114 to other box types.
21115 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21126 \begin_layout Chapter
21127 Mathematical Formulas
21128 \begin_inset Index idx
21131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21138 \begin_inset Index idx
21141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21172 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21185 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21188 \begin_layout Section
21190 \begin_inset Index idx
21193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 \begin_layout Standard
21203 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21204 \begin_inset Graphics
21205 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21210 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21212 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21213 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21214 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21216 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21223 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21227 \begin_inset space ~
21232 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21237 line, like this one:
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21241 This is a line with an inline formula
21242 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21251 \begin_inset Formula
21258 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21261 \begin_layout Standard
21262 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21268 \begin_inset space \space{}
21272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21285 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21286 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21290 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21293 \begin_inset space ~
21301 \begin_layout Subsection
21302 Navigating in Formulas
21303 \begin_inset Index idx
21306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21316 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21317 achieved with the arrow keys.
21318 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21319 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21324 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21325 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21329 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21333 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21336 \end{array}\right]$
21344 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21349 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21350 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21353 \begin_layout Standard
21358 , printed in this document as
21359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21380 \begin_inset Note Note
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21384 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21385 space character (visible space).
21390 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21391 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21392 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21397 For example, if you want
21398 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21452 , since in the latter case only the
21455 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21460 will be under the square root sign:
21461 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21468 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21470 \begin_inset Formula
21472 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21481 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21482 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21485 \begin_layout Subsection
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21490 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21491 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21495 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21496 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21497 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21498 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21499 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21502 \begin_layout Subsection
21503 Exponents and Subscripts
21504 \begin_inset Index idx
21507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21514 \begin_inset Index idx
21517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_layout Standard
21527 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21528 way is to use a command.
21530 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21533 , type in a formula
21539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21561 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21565 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21595 , you have to use an extra
21599 to separate the hat and the character.
21601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21605 \begin_inset space \space{}
21609 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 Subscripts are similar: To get
21631 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 \begin_layout Subsection
21656 \begin_inset Index idx
21659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 \begin_layout Standard
21669 Create a fraction with either the command
21676 \begin_inset Graphics
21677 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
21685 \begin_inset space ~
21691 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21692 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21693 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21698 To move back up, press
21703 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21704 \begin_inset Formula
21706 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21709 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21717 \begin_layout Subsection
21719 \begin_inset Index idx
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21731 \begin_layout Standard
21732 Roots can be created using the
21735 \begin_inset space ~
21741 \begin_inset Graphics
21742 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
21765 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21771 produces always a square root.
21774 \begin_layout Subsection
21775 Operators with Limits
21776 \begin_inset Index idx
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 \begin_inset Index idx
21789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21798 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21807 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21811 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21814 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21815 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21816 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21817 The sum operator will automatically place its
21818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21825 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21828 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21832 \begin_inset Formula
21834 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21839 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21843 \begin_layout Standard
21844 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21846 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21847 behind the operator and hitting
21855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21856 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21858 \begin_inset space ~
21862 \begin_inset space ~
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21879 feature as addition, such as
21880 \begin_inset Index idx
21883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21890 \begin_inset Formula
21892 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21897 which will place the
21898 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21910 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21911 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21917 \begin_layout Standard
21918 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21925 Have a look at section
21926 \begin_inset space ~
21930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21932 reference "sub:Functions"
21936 for an explanation of function macros.
21939 \begin_layout Subsection
21941 \begin_inset Index idx
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 Most math symbols can be found in the
21957 \begin_inset space ~
21962 under one of several categories; including
21979 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21983 \begin_layout Standard
21984 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21985 you don't have to use the
21988 \begin_inset space ~
21993 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21994 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21997 \begin_layout Subsection
21999 \begin_inset Index idx
22002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22011 \begin_layout Standard
22012 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22017 arg "space-insert protected"
22023 \begin_inset space ~
22029 \begin_inset Graphics
22030 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22035 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22036 For example, the sequence
22041 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22045 \begin_inset Graphics
22046 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22051 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22052 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22053 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22054 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22056 Here are two examples:
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22069 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22085 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22091 \begin_layout Subsection
22093 \begin_inset Index idx
22096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22105 name "sub:Functions"
22112 \begin_layout Standard
22116 \begin_inset space ~
22121 contains under the button
22122 \begin_inset Graphics
22123 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22127 a number of function macros, such as
22128 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22140 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22147 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22148 avoid confusions, because
22149 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22153 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22159 \begin_layout Standard
22160 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22162 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22166 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22172 \begin_layout Standard
22173 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22174 s are placed, as described in section
22175 \begin_inset space ~
22179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22181 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22188 \begin_layout Subsection
22190 \begin_inset Index idx
22193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22202 \begin_layout Standard
22203 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22205 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22206 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22211 \begin_inset space \space{}
22215 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22218 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22219 Our example is entered by typing
22227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 \begin_inset space ~
22244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22246 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22250 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 \begin_inset Float table
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 \begin_inset Caption
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22265 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22269 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 \begin_inset Tabular
22280 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22281 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22584 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22638 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22800 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22845 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22867 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22870 \begin_inset space ~
22876 \begin_inset Graphics
22877 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
22881 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22885 \begin_layout Section
22886 Brackets and Delimiters
22887 \begin_inset Index idx
22890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 \begin_inset Index idx
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22909 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22916 \begin_layout Standard
22917 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22918 For most purposes, using just the keys
22923 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22924 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22925 toolbar delimiter icon
22926 \begin_inset Graphics
22927 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
22932 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22934 \begin_inset Formula
22936 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22944 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22945 \begin_inset Formula
22947 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22955 \begin_layout Standard
22956 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22957 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22962 left side and right side.
22963 If you use the option
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22971 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22972 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22973 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22974 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22978 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22979 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22980 inside the brackets.
22981 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22986 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22989 \begin_layout Section
22990 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22991 \begin_inset Index idx
22994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23001 \begin_inset Index idx
23004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 \begin_inset Index idx
23014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23015 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23023 \begin_layout Standard
23024 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23027 \begin_inset space ~
23033 \begin_inset Graphics
23034 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23039 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23040 Here is an example:
23041 \begin_inset Formula
23043 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23052 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23059 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23064 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23065 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23066 This alignment is set in the box
23071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23119 for every column as default.
23120 For example, the sequence
23121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23132 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23133 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23134 corresponds to the relevant column.
23135 The result will look like this:
23136 \begin_inset Formula
23139 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23140 column & has & has\, right\\
23141 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23150 \begin_layout Standard
23151 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23154 arg "newline-insert newline"
23157 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23158 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23160 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23163 or the math toolbar.
23166 \begin_layout Standard
23167 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23168 It can be created with the menu
23170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23171 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23173 \begin_inset space ~
23185 Here is an example:
23186 \begin_inset Formula
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23204 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23207 arg "newline-insert newline"
23211 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23216 arg "newline-insert newline"
23219 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23227 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23228 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23229 A new row is created by every further hit of
23232 arg "newline-insert newline"
23236 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23237 Here is an example:
23238 \begin_inset Formula
23240 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23241 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23246 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23247 where you want to start the shift and hit
23252 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23253 position to the next column.
23254 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23255 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23256 \begin_inset Formula
23258 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23266 \begin_layout Standard
23267 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23274 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23275 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23278 reference "eq:asquared"
23283 The other types are described in section
23284 \begin_inset space ~
23288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23290 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23297 \begin_layout Section
23298 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23299 \begin_inset Index idx
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23303 Math ! Formula numbering
23309 \begin_inset Index idx
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 Math ! Referencing formulas
23319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23321 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23331 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23332 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23334 \begin_inset space ~
23342 arg "math-number-toggle"
23346 The formula number appears in LyX as
23347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23354 within parentheses.
23356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23363 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23365 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23366 the document class.
23367 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23368 separated by a dot:
23369 \begin_inset Formula
23379 arg "math-number-toggle"
23382 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23383 You can only number displayed formulas.
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23387 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23389 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23390 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23392 \begin_inset space ~
23396 \begin_inset space ~
23400 \begin_inset space ~
23408 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23411 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23412 \begin_inset Formula
23415 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23421 To number all lines use the shortcut
23424 arg "math-number-toggle"
23430 \begin_layout Standard
23431 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23434 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23435 A label is inserted with the menu
23437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23440 when the cursor is in the formula.
23441 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23442 It is recommended to use the proposed
23443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23454 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23455 type when you have many labels in your document.
23456 We inserted in the following example the label
23457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23464 in the second line:
23465 \begin_inset Formula
23467 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23468 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23473 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23474 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23484 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23488 \begin_inset space ~
23494 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23495 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23496 as the formula number:
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23500 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23503 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23510 \begin_layout Standard
23511 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23512 \begin_inset space ~
23516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23523 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23529 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23542 \begin_layout Section
23543 User defined math macros
23544 \begin_inset Index idx
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 \begin_layout Standard
23557 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23558 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23559 Math macros are explained in section
23562 \begin_inset space ~
23574 \begin_layout Section
23578 \begin_layout Subsection
23580 \begin_inset Index idx
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 \begin_layout Standard
23593 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23594 To set a font in a formula, use the
23597 \begin_inset space ~
23603 \begin_inset Graphics
23604 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23608 , or enter its command, listed in table
23609 \begin_inset space ~
23613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23615 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23622 \begin_layout Standard
23623 \begin_inset Float table
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 \begin_inset Caption
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23634 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23638 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23648 \begin_inset Tabular
23649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23650 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23684 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23738 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23825 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23859 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23886 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23921 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23929 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23945 \begin_layout Standard
23946 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23947 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23952 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23953 space when you need a space in the box.
23954 Here an example where
23955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23966 denotes the set of numbers:
23967 \begin_inset Formula
23969 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23978 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23984 \begin_inset space \space{}
23996 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24000 \begin_inset Newline newline
24003 So it is better not to use this feature.
24006 \begin_layout Standard
24007 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24008 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24012 \begin_inset Newline newline
24015 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24021 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24022 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24035 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24039 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24042 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24044 \begin_inset space ~
24052 \begin_layout Subsection
24054 \begin_inset Index idx
24057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24066 \begin_layout Standard
24067 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24069 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24073 \begin_inset space ~
24077 \begin_inset space ~
24085 \begin_inset space ~
24091 \begin_inset Graphics
24092 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24103 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24104 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24105 Here is an example:
24106 \begin_inset Formula
24109 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24110 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24119 \begin_layout Subsection
24121 \begin_inset Index idx
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24133 \begin_layout Standard
24134 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24135 automatically chosen in most situations.
24153 For most characters,
24161 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24162 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24167 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24168 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24170 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24171 \begin_inset Graphics
24172 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24177 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24178 For example, you can set
24179 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24182 , which is normally in
24191 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24195 The four styles are used in the following example:
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24199 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24203 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24207 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24211 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24218 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24219 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24221 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24223 \begin_inset space ~
24228 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24229 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24230 will be adjusted to correspond.
24231 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24242 \begin_layout Standard
24246 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24252 \begin_layout Section
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24257 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24258 the document classes and into layout modules.
24259 \begin_inset Index idx
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24269 other than the AMS classes.
24271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24273 reference "sub:Modules"
24277 for more on layout modules.
24280 \begin_layout Section
24282 \begin_inset Index idx
24285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24292 \begin_inset Index idx
24295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24305 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24306 (AMS) that are in common use.
24309 \begin_layout Subsection
24310 Enabling AMS-Support
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24314 Selecting the checkbox
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24336 \begin_inset Index idx
24339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24340 Document ! Settings
24348 \begin_inset space ~
24353 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24355 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24356 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24359 \begin_layout Subsection
24361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24363 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24368 \begin_inset Index idx
24371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24372 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24382 LyX allows you to choose between
24403 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24406 \begin_layout Chapter
24410 \begin_layout Section
24412 \begin_inset Index idx
24415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24424 name "sec:Cross-References"
24431 \begin_layout Standard
24432 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24433 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24435 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24436 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24437 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24440 \begin_layout Enumerate
24444 \begin_layout Enumerate
24445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24447 name "enu:Second-item"
24454 \begin_layout Enumerate
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24464 or by pressing the toolbar button
24465 \begin_inset Graphics
24466 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24472 A grey label box like this:
24473 \begin_inset Graphics
24474 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24479 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24480 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24515 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24520 \begin_inset space \space{}
24523 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24539 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24544 or the toolbar button
24545 \begin_inset Graphics
24546 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24552 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24553 \begin_inset Graphics
24554 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
24559 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24561 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24574 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24584 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24589 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24590 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24592 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24598 \begin_layout Standard
24599 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24600 \begin_inset space ~
24604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24606 reference "enu:Second-item"
24613 \begin_layout Standard
24614 It is recommended to use a protected space
24618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 described in section
24620 \begin_inset space ~
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24626 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24635 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24640 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24643 \begin_layout Description
24644 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24647 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24654 \begin_layout Description
24655 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24656 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24668 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24675 \begin_layout Description
24676 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24677 \begin_inset space ~
24681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24682 LatexCommand pageref
24683 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24690 \begin_layout Description
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset space ~
24699 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24701 LatexCommand vpageref
24702 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24709 \begin_layout Description
24711 \begin_inset space ~
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24719 \begin_inset space ~
24722 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24725 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24732 \begin_layout Description
24734 \begin_inset space ~
24737 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24738 \begin_inset Newline newline
24742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24750 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24759 \begin_inset Index idx
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24763 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24769 \begin_inset Index idx
24772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24773 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24786 \begin_layout Description
24788 \begin_inset space ~
24791 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24793 LatexCommand nameref
24794 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24806 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24813 \begin_inset space \space{}
24817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24831 <reference> on page <page>
24833 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24837 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24838 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24839 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24843 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 You can only use the style
24852 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24856 is always possible.
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24861 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24863 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24864 \begin_inset space ~
24868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24870 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24882 \begin_inset space ~
24886 \begin_inset space ~
24891 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24892 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24895 \begin_inset space ~
24900 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24901 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24902 \begin_inset Graphics
24903 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24904 rotateOrigin center
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 You can change labels at any time.
24913 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24914 do not need to take care about this.
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24919 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 References are described in detail in sec.
24924 \begin_inset space ~
24928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24942 \begin_layout Section
24943 Table of Contents and other Listings
24944 \begin_inset Index idx
24947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24954 \begin_inset Index idx
24957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24973 \begin_layout Subsection
24975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24977 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24984 \begin_layout Standard
24985 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24988 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24994 \begin_inset space ~
25000 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25001 If you click on it, the
25005 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25006 sections in your documents.
25007 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25012 that is described in sec.
25013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25019 reference "sec:Navigating"
25026 \begin_layout Standard
25027 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25028 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25030 \begin_inset space ~
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25036 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25040 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25042 \begin_inset space ~
25046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25048 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25052 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25054 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25057 \begin_layout Subsection
25058 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25061 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25068 \begin_layout Standard
25069 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25070 You can insert them via the
25072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25074 \begin_inset space ~
25078 \begin_inset space ~
25084 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25087 \begin_layout Section
25088 URLs and Hyperlinks
25089 \begin_inset Index idx
25092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25099 \begin_inset Index idx
25102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25111 \begin_layout Subsection
25113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25132 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25133 \begin_inset Flex URL
25136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25147 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25153 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25158 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25166 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25174 \begin_layout Subsection
25176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25178 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25186 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25191 or with the toolbar button
25192 \begin_inset Graphics
25193 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25198 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25207 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25208 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25209 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25211 name "LyX's homepage"
25212 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25216 , an Email address like this:
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25219 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25220 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25225 , or a link to a file.
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25242 to the link target.
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25247 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25248 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25249 the text style dialog.
25250 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25254 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25256 name "LyX's homepage"
25257 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25269 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25271 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25272 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25276 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25278 \begin_inset Newline newline
25286 \begin_inset Newline newline
25293 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25296 \begin_layout Section
25298 \begin_inset Index idx
25301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25310 name "sec:Appendices"
25317 \begin_layout Standard
25318 Appendices are created with the menu
25320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25322 \begin_inset space ~
25326 \begin_inset space ~
25332 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25333 as the appendix region.
25334 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25338 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25339 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25340 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25341 and the subsection number.
25342 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25348 \begin_inset space ~
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25354 reference "cha:Credits"
25359 \begin_inset space ~
25363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25365 reference "sub:Export"
25372 \begin_layout Section
25374 \begin_inset Index idx
25377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25386 name "sec:Bibliography"
25393 \begin_layout Standard
25394 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25395 You can include a bibliography database,
25399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25400 Known under the name
25401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25413 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25414 manually, using the paragraph environment
25418 , which was described in section
25419 \begin_inset space ~
25423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25425 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25430 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25431 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25435 use a bibliography database.
25438 \begin_layout Subsection
25439 The Bibliography Environment
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25447 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25449 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25458 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25460 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25469 , a short form of its title, as key.
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 or the toolbar button
25479 \begin_inset Graphics
25480 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25485 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25486 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25487 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25488 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25492 \begin_layout Standard
25493 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25494 entry with surrounding brackets.
25499 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25500 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25515 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25518 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25520 key "latexcompanion"
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25528 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25538 \begin_layout Subsection
25539 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25540 \begin_inset Index idx
25543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25544 Bibliography ! Databases
25550 \begin_inset Index idx
25553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25554 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25562 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25569 \begin_layout Standard
25570 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25576 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25578 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25579 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25584 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25586 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25587 your working field in a database.
25588 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25589 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25591 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25596 The database is a text file with the file extension
25597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25608 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25609 The format is explained in
25610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25616 and in LaTeX books (
25617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25619 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25624 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25625 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25626 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25627 \begin_inset Flex URL
25630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25632 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25640 \begin_layout Standard
25641 To use a database, use the menu
25643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25648 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25667 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25668 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25671 Add bibliography to TOC
25673 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25678 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25679 in the document or just the cited references.
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25683 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25695 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25696 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25697 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25699 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 For information how this is done, have a look at
25706 \begin_inset Newline newline
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25712 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25729 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25730 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25733 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25761 \begin_inset space ~
25767 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25782 \begin_layout Standard
25783 When you select the option
25785 Sectioned bibliography
25789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25792 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25793 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25795 Customizing Bibliographies
25803 Additional Features
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25810 the two methods of creating them.
25811 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25812 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25813 We used the style file
25817 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25820 \begin_layout Subsection
25821 Bibliography layout
25822 \begin_inset Index idx
25825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25826 Bibliography ! Layout
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25836 For this feature you need to enable the option
25842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25846 \begin_inset Index idx
25849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25850 Document ! Settings
25860 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25861 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25862 in the previous section.
25865 \begin_layout Standard
25866 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25867 in the citation reference window.
25868 Here an example where we set the text
25869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25880 to appear after the reference:
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25885 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25888 key "latexcompanion"
25895 \begin_layout Section
25897 \begin_inset Index idx
25900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25921 \begin_inset space ~
25926 or the toolbar button
25927 \begin_inset Graphics
25928 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25946 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25947 by LyX as the index entry.
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25952 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25954 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25956 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25964 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25968 \begin_inset space ~
25972 \begin_inset space ~
25975 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25983 A light blue box labeled
25984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25996 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25999 \begin_layout Subsection
26000 Grouping Index Entries
26001 \begin_inset Index idx
26004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26016 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26017 lists under the entry
26018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26026 First we create the entry
26027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26035 \begin_inset space ~
26039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26041 reference "sub:Lists"
26046 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26047 \begin_inset space ~
26051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26053 reference "sec:Itemize"
26057 , we insert the command
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26076 \begin_layout Standard
26077 for the enumerated list in section
26078 \begin_inset space ~
26082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26084 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 The exclamation mark
26093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26100 marks the grouping levels.
26101 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26102 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26103 If we don't have an index entry for
26104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26111 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26114 \begin_layout Subsection
26116 \begin_inset Index idx
26119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26120 Index ! Page ranges
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26129 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26131 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26132 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26134 \begin_inset space ~
26138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26140 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26150 Paragraph environments|(
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 and another entry at the end of section
26155 \begin_inset space ~
26159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26161 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26168 \begin_layout Standard
26171 Paragraph environments|)
26174 \begin_layout Standard
26176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26199 respectively start and end the index range.
26200 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26201 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26202 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26203 An example is the index entry
26204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26207 Document ! Settings
26208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26214 \begin_layout Subsection
26216 \begin_inset Index idx
26219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26220 Index ! Cross referencing
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26230 We referred for example in the index entry
26231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26239 \begin_inset space ~
26243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26245 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26249 ) to the index entry
26250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26257 in the same section using the entry
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26263 GIF|see{Image formats}
26266 \begin_layout Standard
26267 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26268 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26269 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26272 \begin_layout Subsection
26274 \begin_inset Index idx
26277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 Index ! Entry order
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26287 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26288 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26289 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26294 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26296 \begin_inset space ~
26300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26302 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26311 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26312 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26337 \begin_inset Index idx
26340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26341 Dummy entries ! maïs
26347 \begin_inset Index idx
26350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26351 Dummy entries ! maître
26357 \begin_inset Index idx
26360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26361 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26366 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26367 order maïs, maison, maître.
26368 To achieve this, we use the command
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26374 previous entry@current entry
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26378 In our case we want to have
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26394 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26404 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26405 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26410 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26416 \begin_layout Standard
26417 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26422 to generate the index (see sec.
26423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26429 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26438 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26446 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26450 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26451 index commands start with
26452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26464 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26469 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26496 \begin_layout Subsection
26498 \begin_inset Index idx
26501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26502 Index ! Entry layout
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26512 \begin_inset Index idx
26515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26518 This is an italic dummy entry
26523 You can also format the page number using the character
26524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26531 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26532 We can write for example
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26538 italic page number:|textit
26541 \begin_layout Standard
26542 to get the page number in italic.
26543 \begin_inset Index idx
26546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26547 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26552 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26570 \begin_inset space ~
26576 Have a look at section
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26583 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26587 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26591 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26599 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26603 to generate the index, see sec.
26604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26610 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26619 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26620 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26621 they can be used, see
26622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26625 key "latexcompanion"
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26638 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26640 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26641 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26642 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26643 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26644 If so, put the following in the preamble
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26663 \begin_layout Standard
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26670 in the index entry.
26671 \begin_inset Index idx
26674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26675 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26680 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26681 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26682 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26692 \begin_inset space \space{}
26695 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26696 for all index entries.
26697 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26709 documentation for details,
26710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26712 key "makeindex,xindy"
26719 \begin_layout Subsection
26721 \begin_inset Index idx
26724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26733 name "sub:Index-Program"
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26741 If the index entry program
26745 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26749 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26758 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26759 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26760 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26761 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26762 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26772 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26773 dialog, see section
26774 \begin_inset space ~
26778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26780 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26785 The available options are listed and explained in
26786 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26788 key "makeindex,xindy"
26793 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26798 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26799 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26803 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26804 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26808 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26809 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26812 \begin_layout Subsection
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26817 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26818 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 next to the standard index.
26827 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26828 packages that add this feature.
26834 \begin_inset Index idx
26837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26838 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26843 package to generate multiple indexes.
26844 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26845 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26853 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26854 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26855 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26859 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26862 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26863 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26870 Use multiple Indexes
26871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26875 Note that the list of
26876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26883 below already contains the standard index.
26884 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26885 also appear as a heading) to the
26886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26893 input field and press the
26894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26902 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26903 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26904 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26908 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26914 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26915 indexes in the LyX work area.
26918 \begin_layout Standard
26919 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26924 \begin_inset space ~
26928 \begin_inset space ~
26937 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26938 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26939 are some additional features:
26942 \begin_layout Itemize
26943 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26944 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26947 \begin_layout Itemize
26948 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26949 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26958 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26963 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26964 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26965 to the non-subindexes.
26968 \begin_layout Section
26969 Nomenclature / Glossary
26970 \begin_inset Index idx
26973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26980 \begin_inset Index idx
26983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27014 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27023 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27033 \begin_inset Index idx
27036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27037 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27043 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27050 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27054 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27055 and then use the menu
27057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27063 \begin_inset space ~
27068 or the toolbar button
27069 \begin_inset Graphics
27070 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27087 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27092 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27093 The second is the description of the symbol.
27096 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27105 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27113 \begin_layout Subsection
27114 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27115 \begin_inset Index idx
27118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27119 Nomenclature ! Layout
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27128 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27132 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27138 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27146 \begin_inset Newline newline
27154 \begin_inset Newline newline
27160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27167 character starts/ends the formula.
27168 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27180 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27192 \begin_inset space ~
27196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27198 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_inset space ~
27214 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27215 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27220 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27227 in this document is:
27228 \begin_inset Newline newline
27233 dummy entry for the character
27238 \begin_inset Newline newline
27250 \begin_inset space ~
27260 font use the command
27289 \begin_layout Subsection
27290 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27291 \begin_inset Index idx
27294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27295 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27303 \begin_layout Standard
27304 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27305 the symbol definition.
27306 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27307 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27310 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27311 LatexCommand nomenclature
27313 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27320 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27324 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27325 LatexCommand nomenclature
27328 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27333 They will be sorted by
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27360 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27363 will be sorted before the
27367 since the character
27368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27375 is considered in sorting.
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27382 \begin_inset space ~
27387 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27388 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27390 For the example given, you can insert
27394 in this field for the
27395 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27402 will be located before
27403 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27410 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27415 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27424 \begin_layout Subsection
27425 Nomenclature Options
27426 \begin_inset Index idx
27429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27430 Nomenclature ! Options
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27443 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27444 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27447 \begin_layout Description
27448 refeq Appends the phrase
27449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27464 to every nomenclature entry, where
27470 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27473 \begin_layout Description
27474 refpage Appends the phrase
27475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27490 to every nomenclature entry, where
27496 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27499 \begin_layout Description
27500 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27504 There are furthermore the options
27548 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27554 class options list in the
27556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27560 In this document the option
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27568 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27576 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27581 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27584 \begin_layout Description
27594 \begin_layout Description
27597 nomrefpage Like the
27604 \begin_layout Description
27607 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27616 \begin_layout Description
27620 \begin_inset space ~
27626 \begin_inset space ~
27631 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27634 \begin_layout Subsection
27635 Printing the Nomenclature
27636 \begin_inset Index idx
27639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27640 Nomenclature ! Printing
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27653 \begin_inset space ~
27657 \begin_inset space ~
27660 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27664 A light blue box labeled
27665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27676 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27677 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27681 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27690 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27698 For example, in order to change the name to
27702 , add the following line to the preamble:
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27713 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27725 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27736 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27742 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27743 \begin_inset space ~
27747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27749 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27754 The default value is 1
27755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27761 \begin_layout Subsection
27762 Nomenclature Program
27763 \begin_inset Index idx
27766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27767 Nomenclature ! Program
27773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27775 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27783 LyX uses the program
27787 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27788 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27793 by adding options, see section
27794 \begin_inset space ~
27798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27800 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27805 The available options are listed and explained in
27806 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27808 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27815 \begin_layout Section
27817 \begin_inset Index idx
27820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27827 \begin_inset Index idx
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27831 Document ! Branches
27837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27839 name "sec:Branches"
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27848 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27849 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27850 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27855 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27856 To create a branch, go in the
27858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27866 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27867 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27871 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27872 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27877 where you can choose a branch.
27878 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27883 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 \begin_inset Branch Question
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27891 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27900 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27904 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27921 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27923 For example you can define for the question branch
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27928 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27935 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27957 \begin_layout Standard
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27968 and for the answer branch
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27991 \begin_layout Standard
27992 \begin_inset Branch Question
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28028 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 Now it is possible to use the commands
28068 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28075 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28078 to obtain conditional output.
28079 Here is an example formula where only the
28086 \begin_inset Formula
28088 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28097 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28105 \begin_layout Section
28107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28109 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28114 \begin_inset Index idx
28117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28131 dialog allows you in the
28135 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28136 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28141 \begin_inset Index idx
28144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28145 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28158 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28159 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28160 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28162 You can specify in the dialog tab
28166 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28168 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28169 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28178 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28179 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28180 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28182 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28183 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28185 \begin_inset space ~
28188 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28189 \begin_inset space ~
28192 1 will only display the sections.
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 The header information in the dialog tab
28200 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28201 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28206 \begin_inset space \space{}
28209 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28210 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28213 Automatic fill header
28215 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28216 title and author settings.
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28222 Load in fullscreen mode
28224 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28229 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28235 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28236 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28245 \begin_layout Section
28246 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28249 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28256 \begin_layout Subsection
28258 \begin_inset Index idx
28261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28270 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28279 constructs, but not all.
28280 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28281 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28282 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28283 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28284 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28291 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28295 \begin_inset space ~
28300 or by the toolbar button
28301 \begin_inset Graphics
28302 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28307 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28313 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28314 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28315 using the LaTeX-command
28321 , you can write the command part
28327 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28331 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28332 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28333 the following example:
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28337 \begin_inset Graphics
28338 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28351 This is a line with a
28355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28387 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28388 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28396 \begin_layout Subsection
28397 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28398 \begin_inset Argument
28401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28408 \begin_inset Index idx
28411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28420 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28427 \begin_layout Standard
28428 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28429 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28430 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28439 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28440 any time if you know the right commands.
28442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28446 \begin_inset space \space{}
28449 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28451 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28452 all caption labels bold.
28453 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28455 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28461 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28462 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28464 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28473 \begin_layout Standard
28474 As result you know that the package
28479 \begin_inset Index idx
28482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28483 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28489 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28502 usepackage[options]{package name}
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28506 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28507 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28508 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28512 In your case the package name is
28517 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28522 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28523 So you add the command
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28531 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28535 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28540 For more commands provided by the
28544 package, have a look at its documentation,
28545 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28562 For example if you use a
28566 class, you don't need the package
28570 , you can instead write
28573 \begin_layout Standard
28578 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28585 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28586 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28593 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28597 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28598 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28600 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28601 the previous section.
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28605 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28609 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28617 \begin_layout Section
28618 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28621 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28626 \begin_inset Index idx
28629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28636 \begin_inset Index idx
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28649 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28650 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28651 to break your train of thought with
28653 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28660 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28661 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28666 \begin_inset Index idx
28669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28670 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28675 as explained below, and turn on
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28685 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28689 \begin_inset space ~
28693 \begin_inset space ~
28696 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28701 \begin_inset space ~
28706 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28712 Previews of an already loaded document are
28716 generated just by selecting the
28719 \begin_inset space ~
28724 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28728 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28729 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28732 \begin_inset space ~
28737 check box in the insert dialog.
28738 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28743 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28747 (on some systems named simply
28752 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28760 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28761 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28769 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28773 \begin_layout Standard
28774 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28781 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28785 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28787 \begin_inset space ~
28792 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28793 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28795 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28796 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28797 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28798 the source view window.
28801 \begin_layout Section
28803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28805 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28810 \begin_inset Index idx
28813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28822 \begin_layout Standard
28823 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28824 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28841 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28847 can be seen as the successor to
28855 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28861 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28862 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28870 \begin_layout Standard
28871 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28872 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28885 or the toolbar button
28886 \begin_inset Graphics
28887 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28891 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28892 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28893 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28894 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28895 scrolled so that it is visible.
28900 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28902 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28906 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28907 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28911 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28918 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28919 will bring an error message.
28920 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28921 specifying a different
28923 Alternative language
28925 in preferences dialog.
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28932 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28937 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28938 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28940 But you can use the
28943 \begin_inset space ~
28947 \begin_inset space ~
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28957 This does work with
28961 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28964 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28973 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28976 \begin_layout Description
28978 \begin_inset space ~
28981 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28982 should consider, e.
28983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28987 \begin_inset space \space{}
28990 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28991 This should not normally be needed.
28994 \begin_layout Description
28996 \begin_inset space ~
28999 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29000 the spell checker's default choice
29003 \begin_layout Description
29005 \begin_inset space ~
29009 \begin_inset space ~
29012 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29024 \begin_layout Description
29026 \begin_inset space ~
29030 \begin_inset space ~
29033 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29042 also for the spellchecker.
29046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 The encodings are explained in section
29048 \begin_inset space ~
29052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29054 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29063 Only enable this if you use
29067 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29068 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29069 so this is disabled by default.
29072 \begin_layout Section
29074 \begin_inset Index idx
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29086 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29095 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29105 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29107 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29116 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29117 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29118 are available for many languages.
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29122 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29126 \begin_layout Subsection
29127 Setting up the thesaurus
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29135 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29140 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29145 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29151 en_EN for English).
29152 For instance, the English files are named:
29155 \begin_layout Itemize
29159 \begin_layout Itemize
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29164 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29165 already on your system.
29166 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29167 \begin_inset Flex URL
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29172 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29178 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29183 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29185 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29186 unpack a zip archive.
29189 \begin_layout Standard
29198 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29199 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29201 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29202 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29206 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29209 \begin_layout Subsection
29210 Using the thesaurus
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29214 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29216 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29219 or the toolbar button
29220 \begin_inset Graphics
29221 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29222 rotateOrigin center
29226 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29228 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29230 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29231 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29232 and hyponyms (such as
29240 ), compounds (such as
29244 ) and antonyms (such as
29252 ), which are marked as such.
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29256 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29257 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29261 \begin_layout Standard
29262 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29263 the dictionary, such as the above
29267 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29272 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29273 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29274 For example looking up the word forms
29282 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29287 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29300 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29301 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29302 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29305 \begin_layout Subsection
29306 License of the Thesaurus library
29309 \begin_layout Standard
29314 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29319 as a standalone program.
29320 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29321 The library was released under the
29323 Berkeley Database License
29325 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29326 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29327 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29329 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29332 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29336 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29339 \begin_layout Section
29341 \begin_inset Index idx
29344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29351 \begin_inset Index idx
29354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29355 Document ! Change Tracking
29361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29363 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29370 \begin_layout Standard
29371 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29372 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29373 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29374 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 \begin_inset space ~
29381 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29383 \begin_inset space ~
29391 \begin_layout Standard
29392 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29406 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29407 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29414 \begin_inset space ~
29424 \begin_inset Index idx
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 Color ! Change tracking
29433 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29434 the cursor is in changed text.
29435 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29436 \begin_inset Graphics
29437 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29438 rotateOrigin center
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29446 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29447 \begin_inset Index idx
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29466 \begin_layout Standard
29467 \begin_inset Graphics
29468 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29475 \begin_layout Standard
29476 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29483 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29487 \begin_layout Standard
29488 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29494 \begin_layout Standard
29495 \begin_inset Tabular
29496 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29497 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29498 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 \begin_inset Graphics
29506 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
29507 rotateOrigin center
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29524 \begin_inset space ~
29527 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29529 \begin_inset space ~
29538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 \begin_inset Graphics
29544 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
29545 rotateOrigin center
29554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29562 \begin_inset space ~
29565 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29567 \begin_inset space ~
29571 \begin_inset space ~
29575 \begin_inset space ~
29584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 \begin_inset Graphics
29590 filename ../../images/change-next.png
29591 rotateOrigin center
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 Jumps to the next change
29610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29615 \begin_inset Graphics
29616 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
29617 rotateOrigin center
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29632 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29634 \begin_inset space ~
29637 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29639 \begin_inset space ~
29648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 \begin_inset Graphics
29654 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
29655 rotateOrigin center
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29672 \begin_inset space ~
29675 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29677 \begin_inset space ~
29686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 \begin_inset Graphics
29692 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29693 rotateOrigin center
29702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29710 \begin_inset space ~
29713 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29715 \begin_inset space ~
29724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29729 \begin_inset Graphics
29730 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
29731 rotateOrigin center
29740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29748 \begin_inset space ~
29751 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29753 \begin_inset space ~
29757 \begin_inset space ~
29766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 \begin_inset Graphics
29772 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
29773 rotateOrigin center
29782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29790 \begin_inset space ~
29793 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29795 \begin_inset space ~
29799 \begin_inset space ~
29808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 \begin_inset Graphics
29814 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
29815 rotateOrigin center
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29831 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29833 \begin_inset space ~
29842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 \begin_inset Graphics
29848 filename ../../images/note-next.png
29849 rotateOrigin center
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29866 \begin_inset space ~
29882 \begin_layout Standard
29883 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29890 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29891 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29892 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29893 the next change after the current cursor position.
29894 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29895 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29896 step to the next change.
29897 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29900 \begin_layout Standard
29901 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29902 to describe a change.
29905 \begin_layout Standard
29906 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29911 \begin_inset Index idx
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29921 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29928 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29931 \begin_layout Section
29932 International Support
29933 \begin_inset Index idx
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 International support
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29946 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29947 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29948 how to set up LyX to use them:
29949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29951 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29960 \begin_inset space ~
29964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29966 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29973 \begin_layout Subsection
29975 \begin_inset Index idx
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 \begin_inset Index idx
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 Document ! Settings
29995 \begin_inset Index idx
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 Document ! Language
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30013 dialog lets you set
30015 the language and character encoding for your language.
30019 \begin_layout Standard
30020 Choose your language in the
30024 section of this dialog.
30032 \begin_layout Standard
30037 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30042 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30043 For details about the different encoding options see section
30044 \begin_inset space ~
30048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30050 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30057 \begin_layout Subsection
30058 Keyboard mapping configuration
30059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30061 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30069 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30070 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30071 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30072 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30073 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30075 \begin_inset space ~
30079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30081 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30086 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30087 which one you want to use.
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30091 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30092 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30093 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30094 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30095 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30096 one to support the characters you want.
30097 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30104 \begin_layout Subsection
30108 \begin_layout Standard
30110 \begin_inset space ~
30114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30116 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30125 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30129 \begin_layout Standard
30130 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30131 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30139 \begin_layout Itemize
30140 Even if you have selected
30146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30149 dialog, users who have only the
30153 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30157 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30158 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30159 french quotes won't show up.
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30163 \begin_inset Float table
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 \begin_inset Caption
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30174 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 \begin_inset Tabular
30193 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30194 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34625 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34627 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34628 also the characters from
34640 \begin_layout Itemize
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34651 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34657 \begin_layout Standard
34658 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34665 \begin_layout Standard
34666 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34673 \begin_layout Standard
34674 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34691 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34706 \begin_layout Itemize
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34735 \begin_layout Standard
34737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34745 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34751 \begin_layout Standard
34753 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34759 \begin_layout Standard
34761 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34768 \begin_layout Standard
34769 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34770 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34771 Also make sure you're using the
34778 \begin_layout Chapter
34781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34783 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34790 \begin_layout Standard
34791 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34792 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34793 topic inside the user's guide.
34796 \begin_layout Section
34798 \begin_inset Index idx
34801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 \begin_layout Standard
34815 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34816 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34819 \begin_layout Subsection
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34824 Creates a new document.
34827 \begin_layout Subsection
34831 \begin_layout Standard
34832 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34833 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34834 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34837 \begin_layout Subsection
34841 \begin_layout Standard
34845 \begin_layout Subsection
34849 \begin_layout Standard
34850 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34851 Click there on a file to open it.
34854 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 \begin_layout Standard
34859 Closes the current document.
34862 \begin_layout Subsection
34866 \begin_layout Standard
34867 Closes all opened documents.
34870 \begin_layout Subsection
34874 \begin_layout Standard
34875 Saves the actual document.
34878 \begin_layout Subsection
34882 \begin_layout Standard
34883 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34886 \begin_layout Subsection
34890 \begin_layout Standard
34891 Saves all opened documents.
34894 \begin_layout Subsection
34898 \begin_layout Standard
34899 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34902 \begin_layout Subsection
34906 \begin_layout Standard
34907 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34908 It is described in the section
34910 Version Control in LyX
34914 Additional Features
34919 \begin_layout Subsection
34923 \begin_layout Standard
34924 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34925 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34926 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34927 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34930 \begin_layout Standard
34931 When using the menu entry
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34939 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34943 \begin_inset space ~
34947 \begin_inset space ~
34952 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34953 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34956 \begin_layout Subsection
34958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34967 \begin_layout Standard
34968 You can export your document to various file formats.
34969 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34970 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34971 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34974 \begin_layout Standard
34975 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34977 \begin_inset space ~
34981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34983 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34990 \begin_layout Description
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34999 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
35001 \begin_inset Newline newline
35004 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35007 \begin_layout Description
35015 \begin_layout Description
35016 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35020 \begin_layout Description
35022 \begin_inset space ~
35026 \begin_inset space ~
35029 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35033 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35041 \begin_layout Description
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 \begin_inset space ~
35061 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35062 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35066 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35069 \begin_layout Description
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 \begin_inset space ~
35089 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35090 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35098 \begin_layout Description
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35103 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35111 is replaced by the version number)
35114 \begin_layout Description
35115 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35118 \begin_layout Description
35119 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35132 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35136 \begin_layout Description
35140 \begin_inset space ~
35145 PDF-format using the program
35150 \begin_layout Description
35154 \begin_inset space ~
35159 PDF-format using the program
35164 \begin_layout Description
35168 \begin_inset space ~
35173 PDF-format using the program
35178 \begin_layout Description
35182 \begin_inset space ~
35190 \begin_layout Description
35194 \begin_inset space ~
35198 \begin_inset space ~
35203 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35204 and then exported as text using the program
35209 \begin_layout Description
35214 PostScript format using the program
35219 \begin_layout Description
35227 \begin_layout Standard
35232 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35233 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35239 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 If one of the menu entries
35250 \begin_inset space ~
35259 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35260 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35267 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35272 \begin_inset Index idx
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35276 Reconfiguration of LyX
35284 \begin_layout Standard
35289 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35290 the export program.
35293 \begin_layout Subsection
35297 \begin_layout Standard
35298 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35299 format or send it to a printer.
35300 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35301 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35307 For more information have a look at section
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35314 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35321 \begin_layout Subsection
35325 \begin_layout Standard
35326 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35327 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35328 prefix, see section
35329 \begin_inset space ~
35333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35335 reference "sec:Paths"
35340 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35349 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35350 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35351 \begin_inset space ~
35355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35357 reference "sub:Converters"
35364 \begin_layout Subsection
35365 New and Close Window
35368 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35372 \begin_layout Subsection
35376 \begin_layout Standard
35377 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35380 \begin_layout Section
35382 \begin_inset Index idx
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 \begin_layout Subsection
35398 \begin_layout Standard
35399 Described in section
35400 \begin_inset space ~
35404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35406 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35413 \begin_layout Subsection
35414 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35417 \begin_layout Standard
35418 Described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35432 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Selects the whole document.
35440 \begin_layout Subsection
35444 \begin_layout Standard
35445 Described in section
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35452 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35459 \begin_layout Subsection
35460 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35463 \begin_layout Standard
35464 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35468 \begin_layout Subsection
35472 \begin_layout Standard
35473 Described in section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35487 \begin_layout Subsection
35489 \begin_inset Index idx
35492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35493 Paragraph ! Settings
35501 \begin_layout Standard
35502 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35503 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35506 \begin_layout Standard
35507 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35508 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35524 \begin_layout Subsection
35525 Table Settings and Math
35528 \begin_layout Standard
35529 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35531 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35532 The properties of tables are described in section
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35539 reference "sec:Tables"
35543 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35557 \begin_layout Subsection
35558 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35561 \begin_layout Standard
35562 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35563 that can be nested.
35564 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35565 \begin_inset space ~
35569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35571 reference "sec:Nesting"
35576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35578 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35585 \begin_layout Section
35587 \begin_inset Index idx
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 \begin_layout Standard
35604 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35605 document with an external program.
35606 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35607 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35608 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35615 reference "sub:Export"
35620 You should at least see the menu entries
35627 \begin_inset space ~
35633 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35634 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35641 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35646 \begin_inset Index idx
35649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 Reconfiguration of LyX
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35660 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35667 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35672 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35675 \begin_layout Standard
35676 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35679 At the bottom of the
35683 menu the opened documents are listed.
35686 \begin_layout Subsection
35687 Open/Close all Insets
35690 \begin_layout Standard
35691 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35694 \begin_layout Subsection
35695 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35702 \begin_layout Standard
35703 Math macros are described in the
35710 \begin_layout Subsection
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35717 \begin_inset space ~
35721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35723 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35730 \begin_layout Subsection
35734 \begin_layout Standard
35735 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35736 opening a new view window.
35739 \begin_layout Subsection
35743 \begin_layout Standard
35744 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35745 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35746 view the same document, but at different positions.
35747 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35748 or more documents at the same time.
35749 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35756 \begin_layout Subsection
35760 \begin_layout Standard
35761 Closes a split view.
35764 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Standard
35769 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35770 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35771 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35772 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35773 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35776 \begin_layout Subsection
35778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35780 name "sub:Toolbars"
35785 \begin_inset Index idx
35788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35797 \begin_layout Standard
35798 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35799 All toolbars and the
35802 \begin_inset space ~
35807 can be turned on and off.
35812 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35833 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35837 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35844 \begin_layout Standard
35849 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35853 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35854 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35855 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35856 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35857 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35860 \begin_layout Standard
35861 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35862 \begin_inset space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35875 \begin_layout Section
35877 \begin_inset Index idx
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 \begin_layout Subsection
35893 \begin_layout Standard
35894 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35895 \begin_inset space ~
35899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35901 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35912 \begin_layout Subsection
35914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35916 name "sub:Special-Character"
35923 \begin_layout Standard
35924 Here you can insert the following characters:
35927 \begin_layout Description
35928 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35929 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35930 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35931 \begin_inset Newline newline
35935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35943 Not all characters will be visible in the
35947 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35955 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35959 ) can display every character.
35967 \begin_layout Description
35968 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35981 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35982 \begin_inset space ~
35986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35988 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35995 \begin_layout Description
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36000 Quote Inserts this quote:
36001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36004 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
36006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36016 \begin_layout Description
36018 \begin_inset space ~
36021 Quote Inserts this quote:
36022 \begin_inset Quotes els
36028 \begin_layout Description
36030 \begin_inset space ~
36033 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36037 \begin_layout Description
36039 \begin_inset space ~
36042 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36046 \begin_layout Description
36048 \begin_inset space ~
36051 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36055 \begin_layout Description
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset Index idx
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 \begin_inset Index idx
36074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36075 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36080 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36081 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36082 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36087 \begin_inset Index idx
36090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36097 \begin_inset Newline newline
36100 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36112 and this Wiki-page:
36113 \begin_inset Newline newline
36117 \begin_inset Flex URL
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36130 \begin_layout Subsection
36134 \begin_layout Standard
36135 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36138 \begin_layout Description
36139 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36140 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36146 \begin_layout Description
36147 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36148 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36154 \begin_layout Description
36156 \begin_inset space ~
36159 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36160 \begin_inset space ~
36164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36166 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36173 \begin_layout Description
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36178 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36179 \begin_inset space ~
36183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36185 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36192 \begin_layout Description
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36197 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36204 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36211 \begin_layout Description
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36216 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36217 \begin_inset space ~
36221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36223 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36230 \begin_layout Description
36232 \begin_inset space ~
36235 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36236 \begin_inset space ~
36240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36242 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36249 \begin_layout Description
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36254 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36261 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36268 \begin_layout Description
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36273 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36274 \begin_inset space ~
36278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36280 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36287 \begin_layout Description
36289 \begin_inset space ~
36292 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36293 \begin_inset space ~
36297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36299 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36306 \begin_layout Description
36308 \begin_inset space ~
36312 \begin_inset space ~
36315 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36316 \begin_inset space ~
36320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36322 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36329 \begin_layout Description
36331 \begin_inset space ~
36334 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36335 text line to the page border, see section
36336 \begin_inset space ~
36340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36342 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36349 \begin_layout Description
36351 \begin_inset space ~
36354 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36368 \begin_layout Description
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36373 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36374 text page to the page border, described in section
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36381 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36388 \begin_layout Description
36390 \begin_inset space ~
36393 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36394 \begin_inset space ~
36398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36400 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36407 \begin_layout Description
36409 \begin_inset space ~
36413 \begin_inset space ~
36416 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36430 \begin_layout Subsection
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36435 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36436 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36438 \begin_inset space ~
36442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36444 reference "sec:toc"
36449 The index list is described in section
36450 \begin_inset space ~
36454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36456 reference "sec:Index"
36460 , the nomenclature in section
36461 \begin_inset space ~
36465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36467 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36471 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36472 \begin_inset space ~
36476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36478 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36485 \begin_layout Subsection
36489 \begin_layout Standard
36490 To insert floats, described in section
36491 \begin_inset space ~
36495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36497 reference "sec:Floats"
36504 \begin_layout Subsection
36508 \begin_layout Standard
36509 To insert notes, described in section
36510 \begin_inset space ~
36514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36516 reference "sec:Notes"
36523 \begin_layout Subsection
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36529 \begin_inset space ~
36533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36535 reference "sec:Branches"
36542 \begin_layout Subsection
36546 \begin_layout Standard
36547 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36548 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36550 An example is the document class
36551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36558 with three custom insets.
36561 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36567 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36570 \begin_layout Subsection
36572 \begin_inset Index idx
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36585 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36586 files in your document.
36587 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36598 \begin_layout Subsection
36600 \begin_inset Index idx
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 \begin_layout Standard
36613 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36614 \begin_inset space ~
36618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36620 reference "sec:Minipages"
36625 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 Inserts a citation as described in section
36642 \begin_inset space ~
36646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36648 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36661 \begin_inset space ~
36665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36667 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36674 \begin_layout Subsection
36678 \begin_layout Standard
36679 Inserts a label as described in section
36680 \begin_inset space ~
36684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36686 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36693 \begin_layout Subsection
36695 \begin_inset Index idx
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36705 \begin_inset Index idx
36708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 Longtables ! Caption
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36718 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36719 Floats are described in section
36720 \begin_inset space ~
36724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36726 reference "sec:Floats"
36730 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36741 \begin_layout Subsection
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36747 \begin_inset space ~
36751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36753 reference "sec:Index"
36760 \begin_layout Subsection
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36765 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36766 \begin_inset space ~
36770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36772 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36779 \begin_layout Subsection
36783 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Tables are described in section
36786 \begin_inset space ~
36790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36792 reference "sec:Tables"
36799 \begin_layout Subsection
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36805 Graphics are described in section
36806 \begin_inset space ~
36810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36812 reference "sec:Graphics"
36819 \begin_layout Subsection
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 Inserts an URL as described in section
36825 \begin_inset space ~
36829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36831 reference "sub:URLs"
36838 \begin_layout Subsection
36842 \begin_layout Standard
36843 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36844 \begin_inset space ~
36848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36850 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36857 \begin_layout Subsection
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Inserts a footnote, see section
36863 \begin_inset space ~
36867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36869 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36876 \begin_layout Subsection
36880 \begin_layout Standard
36881 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36882 \begin_inset space ~
36886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36888 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36895 \begin_layout Subsection
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36900 Inserts a short title, see section
36901 \begin_inset space ~
36905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36907 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36914 \begin_layout Subsection
36918 \begin_layout Standard
36919 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36920 \begin_inset space ~
36924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36926 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36933 \begin_layout Subsection
36935 \begin_inset Index idx
36938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36947 \begin_layout Standard
36948 Inserts a program listings box.
36949 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36951 Program Code Listings
36960 \begin_layout Subsection
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 Inserts the actual date.
36966 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36968 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36980 \begin_layout Section
36982 \begin_inset Index idx
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 \begin_layout Standard
36995 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36996 \begin_inset space ~
36999 of the current document.
37000 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
37003 \begin_layout Subsection
37007 \begin_layout Standard
37008 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37009 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37015 \begin_inset space \space{}
37019 \begin_inset space ~
37023 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37024 \begin_inset space ~
37027 2.5 and use the menu
37030 \begin_inset space ~
37034 \begin_inset space ~
37041 \begin_inset space ~
37047 \begin_inset space ~
37051 \begin_inset space ~
37057 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37061 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37067 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37073 \begin_layout Standard
37074 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37075 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37078 \begin_layout Subsection
37079 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37082 \begin_layout Standard
37083 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37087 \begin_layout Subsection
37091 \begin_layout Standard
37092 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37093 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37094 on a cross-reference box.
37097 \begin_layout Section
37099 \begin_inset Index idx
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 \begin_layout Subsection
37115 \begin_layout Standard
37116 Change Tracking is described in section
37117 \begin_inset space ~
37121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37123 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37130 \begin_layout Subsection
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37148 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37151 \begin_layout Standard
37152 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37157 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37160 \begin_layout Subsection
37164 \begin_layout Standard
37165 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37166 \begin_inset space ~
37170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37172 reference "sec:Navigating"
37177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37179 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37187 Start Appendix Here
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37192 position as described in section
37193 \begin_inset space ~
37197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37199 reference "sec:Appendices"
37206 \begin_layout Subsection
37210 \begin_layout Standard
37211 Un/compresses the current document.
37214 \begin_layout Subsection
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 The document settings are described in appendix
37220 \begin_inset space ~
37224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37226 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37233 \begin_layout Section
37235 \begin_inset Index idx
37238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 \begin_layout Subsection
37251 \begin_layout Standard
37252 Spell checking is explained in section
37253 \begin_inset space ~
37257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37259 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37266 \begin_layout Subsection
37270 \begin_layout Standard
37271 The thesaurus is described in section
37272 \begin_inset space ~
37276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37278 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37285 \begin_layout Subsection
37287 \begin_inset Index idx
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 \begin_inset Index idx
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37309 \begin_layout Standard
37310 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37311 highlighted document part.
37314 \begin_layout Subsection
37316 \begin_inset Index idx
37319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37329 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37332 \begin_layout Subsection
37334 \begin_inset Index idx
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37338 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 Reconfiguration of LyX
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 \begin_inset Index idx
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 Reconfiguration of LyX
37378 \begin_layout Standard
37379 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37380 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37381 \begin_inset space ~
37385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37387 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37394 \begin_layout Subsection
37398 \begin_layout Standard
37399 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37406 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37413 \begin_layout Section
37415 \begin_inset Index idx
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37428 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37432 \begin_layout Standard
37436 \begin_inset space ~
37441 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37442 found by LyX (see also section
37443 \begin_inset space ~
37447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37449 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37456 \begin_layout Section
37458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37460 name "sec:Toolbars"
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37469 \begin_inset space ~
37473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37475 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37482 \begin_layout Standard
37483 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37484 This is described in the
37486 Additional Features
37491 \begin_layout Subsection
37493 \begin_inset Index idx
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 \begin_layout Standard
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37515 \begin_layout Standard
37516 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37522 \begin_layout Standard
37523 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 \begin_inset Note Note
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37549 manual for more information.
37557 \begin_layout Standard
37558 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37564 \begin_layout Standard
37565 \begin_inset Tabular
37566 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37567 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 \begin_inset Graphics
37576 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37604 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37610 \begin_layout Standard
37612 \begin_inset Tabular
37613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37614 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37616 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37640 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37652 \begin_inset Graphics
37653 filename ../../images/file-open.png
37662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37668 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37680 \begin_inset Graphics
37681 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
37690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 \begin_inset Graphics
37709 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 \begin_inset Graphics
37737 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename ../../images/undo.png
37774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 \begin_inset Graphics
37793 filename ../../images/redo.png
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 \begin_inset Graphics
37821 filename ../../images/cut.png
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_inset Graphics
37849 filename ../../images/copy.png
37858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 \begin_inset Graphics
37877 filename ../../images/paste.png
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 \begin_inset Graphics
37905 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37906 rotateOrigin center
37915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37941 \begin_inset Graphics
37942 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37943 rotateOrigin center
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37959 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37971 \begin_inset Graphics
37972 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37987 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 \begin_inset space ~
38000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset Graphics
38006 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38021 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38023 \begin_inset space ~
38034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_inset Graphics
38040 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 Formats text using the current settings in the
38055 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38057 \begin_inset space ~
38068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38073 \begin_inset Graphics
38074 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38090 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38092 \begin_inset space ~
38101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 \begin_inset Graphics
38107 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38108 rotateOrigin center
38117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 \begin_inset Graphics
38136 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
38137 rotateOrigin center
38146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 \begin_inset Graphics
38165 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38166 rotateOrigin center
38175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 Toggle outline window on/off,
38181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 \begin_inset Graphics
38194 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38195 rotateOrigin center
38204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 \begin_inset Graphics
38220 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38221 rotateOrigin center
38230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38234 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38247 \begin_layout Subsection
38249 \begin_inset Index idx
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 \begin_layout Standard
38262 \begin_inset Graphics
38263 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38278 \begin_layout Standard
38279 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38283 \begin_layout Standard
38284 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38290 \begin_layout Standard
38291 \begin_inset Tabular
38292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38293 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38294 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38295 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 \begin_inset Graphics
38302 filename ../../images/layout.png
38303 rotateOrigin center
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38329 rotateOrigin center
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 \begin_inset Graphics
38354 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
38355 rotateOrigin center
38364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 \begin_inset Graphics
38380 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
38381 rotateOrigin center
38390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 \begin_inset Graphics
38406 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
38407 rotateOrigin center
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38431 \begin_inset Graphics
38432 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
38433 rotateOrigin center
38442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 \begin_inset Graphics
38469 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
38470 rotateOrigin center
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38487 \begin_inset space ~
38491 \begin_inset space ~
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
38515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38522 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38534 \begin_inset Graphics
38535 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38551 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38558 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 \begin_inset Graphics
38564 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
38573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38586 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38591 \begin_inset Graphics
38592 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 \begin_inset Graphics
38620 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38647 \begin_inset Graphics
38648 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
38657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38665 \begin_inset space ~
38674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38679 \begin_inset Graphics
38680 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
38689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38697 \begin_inset space ~
38706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38711 \begin_inset Graphics
38712 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
38721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38739 \begin_inset Graphics
38740 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38741 rotateOrigin center
38750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38758 \begin_inset space ~
38767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 \begin_inset Graphics
38773 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
38782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38789 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38791 \begin_inset space ~
38800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38805 \begin_inset Graphics
38806 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
38815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38833 \begin_inset Graphics
38834 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 \begin_inset Graphics
38862 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
38871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38904 \begin_inset Graphics
38905 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38921 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38933 \begin_inset Graphics
38934 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38950 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38966 \begin_inset Graphics
38967 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
38968 rotateOrigin center
38977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38999 \begin_inset Graphics
39000 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
39001 rotateOrigin center
39010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 \begin_inset Graphics
39033 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39034 rotateOrigin center
39043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39049 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39063 \begin_layout Subsection
39064 View / Update Toolbar
39065 \begin_inset Index idx
39068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39069 Toolbar ! View / Update
39077 \begin_layout Standard
39078 \begin_inset Graphics
39079 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39086 \begin_layout Standard
39087 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39098 \begin_layout Standard
39099 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 \begin_inset Tabular
39107 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39108 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39109 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39110 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39116 \begin_inset Graphics
39117 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39118 rotateOrigin center
39127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39133 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39145 \begin_inset Graphics
39146 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39147 rotateOrigin center
39156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39163 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39175 \begin_inset Graphics
39176 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39177 rotateOrigin center
39186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39192 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 \begin_inset Graphics
39205 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39206 rotateOrigin center
39215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39221 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39222 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39234 \begin_inset Graphics
39235 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39236 rotateOrigin center
39245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39251 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 \begin_inset Graphics
39264 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39265 rotateOrigin center
39274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39281 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39295 \begin_layout Subsection
39299 \begin_layout Standard
39300 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39307 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39311 , the table toolbar
39312 \begin_inset Index idx
39315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39325 manual, the math macro toolbar
39326 \begin_inset Index idx
39329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 \begin_layout Chapter
39343 The Document Settings
39344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39346 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39351 \begin_inset Index idx
39354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39355 Document ! Settings
39363 \begin_layout Standard
39364 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39365 whole document and is called with the menu
39367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39371 You can save your document settings as default with th
39373 e Save as Document Defaults
39375 button in the dialog.
39376 This will create a template name
39384 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39388 \begin_layout Standard
39389 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39392 \begin_layout Section
39396 \begin_layout Standard
39397 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39399 Document classes are described in section
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39406 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39411 Some classes use some class options by default.
39412 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39416 and you can decide to use them or not.
39417 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39418 recommended not to touch them.
39419 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39425 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39426 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39432 When you want one of the following drivers
39433 \begin_inset Newline newline
39436 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39437 \begin_inset Newline newline
39440 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39447 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39459 \begin_layout Standard
39460 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39461 child or subdocument.
39462 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39463 without its master.
39464 This way child documents are always compilable.
39465 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39476 \begin_layout Section
39480 \begin_layout Standard
39481 Modules are explained in section
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "sub:Modules"
39495 \begin_layout Section
39499 \begin_layout Standard
39500 The document font settings are described in section
39501 \begin_inset space ~
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39507 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39514 \begin_layout Section
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39519 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39521 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39525 \begin_layout Standard
39526 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39527 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39528 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39531 \begin_layout Standard
39532 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39540 \begin_layout Section
39544 \begin_layout Standard
39545 A description of this menu is given in section
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39552 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39559 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39566 \begin_layout Section
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39571 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39572 \begin_inset space ~
39576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39578 reference "sub:Margins"
39585 \begin_layout Section
39587 \begin_inset Index idx
39590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 Language ! Encoding
39599 \begin_layout Standard
39600 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39601 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39602 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39603 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39604 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39605 known for a particular character).
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39611 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39616 manual for details.
39624 \begin_layout Standard
39625 If you use the option
39629 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39630 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39631 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39632 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39633 exactly one encoding.
39634 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39643 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39644 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39646 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39647 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39661 \begin_layout Standard
39662 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39663 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39664 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39665 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39666 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39667 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39672 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39673 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39674 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39677 \begin_layout Standard
39678 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39681 \begin_layout Description
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39698 , but the LaTeX-package
39703 \begin_inset Index idx
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39707 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39713 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39714 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39715 languages in TeX code.
39718 \begin_layout Description
39719 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39720 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39721 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39736 \begin_layout Description
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39748 \begin_layout Description
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39753 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39756 \begin_layout Description
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39765 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39766 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39769 \begin_layout Description
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39778 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39782 \begin_layout Description
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39791 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39792 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39795 \begin_layout Description
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39808 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39815 \begin_layout Description
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39828 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39829 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39832 \begin_layout Description
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39841 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39842 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39843 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_layout Description
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39863 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39864 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39865 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39866 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39867 \begin_inset space ~
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39886 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39889 \begin_layout Description
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39898 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39910 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39913 \begin_layout Description
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39918 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39921 \begin_layout Description
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39926 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39929 \begin_layout Description
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39938 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39941 \begin_layout Description
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39962 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39965 \begin_layout Description
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_layout Description
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39986 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39991 \begin_inset Index idx
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39995 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40000 , when using this, set the document language to
40005 \begin_layout Description
40007 \begin_inset space ~
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40014 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40018 , when using this, set the document language to
40023 \begin_layout Description
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40032 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40037 \begin_inset Index idx
40040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40041 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40046 , when using this, set the document language to
40051 \begin_layout Description
40053 \begin_inset space ~
40057 \begin_inset space ~
40060 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40064 , when using this, set the document language to
40069 \begin_layout Description
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40078 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40082 , when using this, set the document language to
40087 \begin_layout Description
40089 \begin_inset space ~
40092 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40095 \begin_layout Description
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40108 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40111 \begin_layout Description
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40124 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40125 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40126 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40129 \begin_layout Description
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40141 \begin_layout Description
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40150 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40151 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40154 \begin_layout Description
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40163 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40168 \begin_inset Index idx
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40172 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40177 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40180 \begin_layout Description
40182 \begin_inset space ~
40186 \begin_inset space ~
40189 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40193 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40202 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40217 \begin_layout Description
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40223 \begin_inset space ~
40226 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40231 \begin_inset Index idx
40234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40235 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40240 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40243 \begin_layout Description
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40248 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40253 \begin_inset Index idx
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40257 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40263 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40267 \begin_layout Description
40269 \begin_inset space ~
40273 \begin_inset space ~
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40280 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_layout Description
40289 \begin_inset space ~
40293 \begin_inset space ~
40297 \begin_inset space ~
40300 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40301 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40302 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40306 \begin_layout Description
40308 \begin_inset space ~
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40316 \begin_inset space ~
40319 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40320 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40323 \begin_layout Section
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40328 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40329 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40336 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40343 \begin_layout Section
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40353 \begin_inset Index idx
40356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40357 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40367 \begin_inset Index idx
40370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40371 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40376 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40381 \begin_inset Index idx
40384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40385 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40390 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40392 For a further description see section
40393 \begin_inset space ~
40397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40399 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40406 \begin_layout Section
40410 \begin_layout Standard
40411 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40412 and you can define additional indexes.
40413 Please refer to section
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40420 reference "sec:Index"
40427 \begin_layout Section
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40432 The PDF properties are explained in section
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40439 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40446 \begin_layout Section
40450 \begin_layout Standard
40451 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40456 \begin_inset Index idx
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40460 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40470 \begin_inset Index idx
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40479 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40487 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40488 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40496 is used for special integral characters.
40499 \begin_layout Section
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 The float placement options are described in section
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40511 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40518 \begin_layout Section
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40524 The itemize environment is described in section
40525 \begin_inset space ~
40529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40531 reference "sec:Itemize"
40538 \begin_layout Section
40542 \begin_layout Standard
40543 Branches are described in section
40544 \begin_inset space ~
40548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40550 reference "sec:Branches"
40557 \begin_layout Section
40562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40572 \begin_layout Standard
40573 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40574 to define LaTeX-commands.
40575 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40576 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40580 \begin_layout Standard
40581 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40588 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40595 \begin_layout Chapter
40601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40603 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40608 \begin_inset Index idx
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 \begin_layout Standard
40621 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40623 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40627 It has the following submenus.
40630 \begin_layout Section
40634 \begin_layout Subsection
40638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40639 User Interface File
40640 \begin_inset Index idx
40643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 Customization ! of toolbars
40650 \begin_inset Index idx
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 Customization ! of menus
40662 \begin_layout Standard
40663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40671 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40680 \begin_layout Standard
40681 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40682 interface (ui) file.
40683 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40684 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40693 Both files are loaded by the
40698 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40699 files and edit the entries.
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40715 entries must be ended with an explicit
40740 and in the case of the
40741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40753 The syntax for the entries is:
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40757 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40787 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40790 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40792 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40794 \begin_inset space ~
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40803 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40809 \begin_layout Standard
40810 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40812 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40815 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40820 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40844 \begin_layout Standard
40846 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40849 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40856 \begin_layout Standard
40859 Enable tool tips in main work area
40861 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40869 \begin_layout Standard
40873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40880 restoring of window layout and geometries
40882 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40883 in the last LyX session.
40886 \begin_layout Standard
40889 Restore cursor positions
40891 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40895 \begin_layout Standard
40898 Load opened files from last session
40900 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40907 name "sub:Backup documents"
40912 \begin_inset Index idx
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40929 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40932 \begin_layout Standard
40937 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40940 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40942 \begin_inset space ~
40950 \begin_layout Standard
40953 Open documents in tabs
40955 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40959 \begin_layout Subsection
40961 \begin_inset Index idx
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40973 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40980 \begin_layout Standard
40981 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40984 \begin_layout Standard
40985 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 This section only deals with the fonts
40998 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 By default, LyX uses
41018 as roman (serif) font,
41026 (depends on the system) as
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41045 \begin_layout Standard
41046 You can change the font size with the
41051 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41052 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41060 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41061 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41066 points have the size of 1
41067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41071 \begin_inset space ~
41075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41077 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41084 \begin_layout Standard
41089 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41094 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41101 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41108 \begin_layout Standard
41111 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41113 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41114 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41115 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41116 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41118 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41119 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_layout Subsection
41127 \begin_inset Index idx
41130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41137 \begin_inset Index idx
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41149 \begin_layout Standard
41150 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41151 Choose an item in the list and use the
41158 \begin_layout Subsection
41160 \begin_inset Index idx
41163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41172 \begin_layout Standard
41173 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41181 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41182 This feature is described in section
41183 \begin_inset space ~
41187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41189 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41196 \begin_layout Standard
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41204 \begin_inset space ~
41208 \begin_inset space ~
41213 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41216 \begin_layout Section
41218 \begin_inset Index idx
41221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41230 \begin_layout Subsection
41234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41238 \begin_layout Standard
41241 Cursor follows scrollbar
41243 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41247 \begin_layout Standard
41250 Sort environments alphabetically
41252 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41255 \begin_layout Standard
41258 Group environments by their category
41260 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41263 \begin_layout Standard
41264 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41281 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41286 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41287 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41291 \begin_layout Subsection
41293 \begin_inset Index idx
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 \begin_inset Index idx
41306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41307 Settings ! Shortcuts
41315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41320 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41321 Several binding files are available:
41324 \begin_layout Description
41325 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41328 \begin_layout Description
41329 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41340 \begin_layout Description
41341 mac.bind set of bindings for
41344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41352 \begin_layout Standard
41353 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41357 , and bind files for special languages.
41358 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41363 \begin_inset space \space{}
41367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41375 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41379 \begin_layout Standard
41380 Some bind-files, like
41384 , have only a small scope.
41385 When looking at the end of the file
41389 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41392 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41396 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41401 \begin_inset Index idx
41404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41405 Key Bindings ! Editing
41413 \begin_layout Standard
41414 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41415 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41416 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41419 Show key-bindings containing
41422 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41423 Insert there for example as keyword
41424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41431 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41441 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41442 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41446 that you will find in the
41453 \begin_layout Standard
41455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41459 \begin_inset space \space{}
41470 , select the function and press the
41475 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41476 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41477 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41478 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41479 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41481 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41483 The binding for the function
41487 is an example of this.
41490 \begin_layout Standard
41491 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41493 The syntax of the entries is:
41496 \begin_layout Standard
41502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41520 \begin_layout Subsection
41522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41524 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41529 \begin_inset Index idx
41532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41539 \begin_inset Index idx
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41543 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41551 \begin_layout Standard
41552 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41553 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41559 \begin_inset space \space{}
41562 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41563 can use the keyboard map file named
41570 \begin_layout Standard
41571 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41587 \begin_layout Standard
41588 Besides this, you can specify here the
41590 Wheel scrolling speed
41593 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41597 \begin_layout Subsection
41599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41601 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41606 \begin_inset Index idx
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 \begin_layout Standard
41619 Input completion is described in sec.
41620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41626 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41631 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41633 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41634 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41638 \begin_layout Section
41640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41647 \begin_inset Index idx
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41657 \begin_inset Index idx
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 \begin_layout Description
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41674 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41675 It is the default when you
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_layout Description
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41699 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41703 \begin_inset space ~
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41720 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41730 \begin_inset Newline newline
41734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41746 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41754 \begin_layout Description
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_inset Index idx
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41769 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41770 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41777 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41785 will be used to save the backups.
41786 \begin_inset Newline newline
41789 The backup files have the ending
41790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41800 \begin_layout Description
41805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41812 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41813 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41814 \begin_inset Newline newline
41818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41834 \begin_layout Description
41836 \begin_inset space ~
41839 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41842 \begin_layout Description
41844 \begin_inset space ~
41847 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41848 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41849 to find it on the system.
41850 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41851 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41860 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41861 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41865 \begin_layout Section
41869 \begin_layout Standard
41870 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41871 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41873 \begin_inset space ~
41877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41879 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41883 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41886 \begin_layout Section
41888 \begin_inset Index idx
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 Language ! Settings
41898 \begin_inset Index idx
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 Settings ! Language
41910 \begin_layout Subsection
41914 \begin_layout Description
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41920 \begin_inset space ~
41923 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41924 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41925 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41926 You find the actual translation status here:
41927 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41929 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41930 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41937 \begin_layout Description
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41942 language is the language used in new documents
41945 \begin_layout Description
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41950 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41952 The default is the LaTeX-command
41958 that loads the package
41966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41968 \begin_inset space ~
41972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41974 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41984 \begin_inset Newline newline
41991 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41992 to the document language.
41993 A text label is, for instance, the word
41994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42001 at the beginning of every table caption.
42004 \begin_layout Description
42006 \begin_inset space ~
42009 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42010 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42011 An example is the start command
42017 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42022 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42037 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42042 \begin_layout Description
42044 \begin_inset space ~
42052 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42053 command toggles the package on and off.
42056 \begin_layout Description
42058 \begin_inset space ~
42068 \begin_layout Description
42069 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42070 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42071 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42072 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42079 \begin_layout Description
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42084 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42086 When this option is not set, the
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42094 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42095 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42106 \begin_layout Description
42108 \begin_inset space ~
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42120 When it is not set, the
42123 \begin_inset space ~
42128 is set to the end of the document.
42131 \begin_layout Description
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42137 \begin_inset space ~
42140 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42141 language will be underlined blue.
42144 \begin_layout Description
42146 \begin_inset space ~
42150 \begin_inset space ~
42153 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42154 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42157 \begin_layout Description
42159 \begin_inset space ~
42162 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42163 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42164 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42165 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42168 \begin_layout Subsection
42172 \begin_layout Standard
42173 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42174 \begin_inset space ~
42178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42180 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42187 \begin_layout Section
42191 \begin_layout Subsection
42193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42200 \begin_inset Index idx
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 \begin_inset Index idx
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 \begin_layout Description
42224 \begin_inset space ~
42227 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42228 The name will be used when the
42233 \begin_inset Newline newline
42237 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42253 \begin_layout Description
42255 \begin_inset space ~
42259 \begin_inset space ~
42263 \begin_inset space ~
42266 printer This option works only for the
42271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42283 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42284 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42287 \begin_layout Description
42289 \begin_inset space ~
42292 command is the command LyX
42293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42300 LaTeX uses for printing.
42301 The default is on most systems
42308 \begin_layout Description
42310 \begin_inset space ~
42314 \begin_inset space ~
42317 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42318 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42319 of the program that provides the
42326 \begin_layout Subsection
42328 \begin_inset Index idx
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 \begin_inset Index idx
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42342 Settings ! Date format
42350 \begin_layout Standard
42351 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42352 \begin_inset Newline newline
42356 \begin_inset Flex URL
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42367 \begin_inset Newline newline
42370 For example the format
42371 \begin_inset Newline newline
42375 \begin_inset Newline newline
42378 prints the date as day/month/year.
42381 \begin_layout Subsection
42385 \begin_layout Description
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42394 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42397 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42398 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42406 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42410 \begin_layout Description
42412 \begin_inset space ~
42415 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42420 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42421 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42424 \begin_layout Subsection
42429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42439 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42444 \begin_inset Index idx
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 \begin_layout Description
42461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42472 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42477 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42499 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42512 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42513 LyX sets up in the background.
42514 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42517 \begin_layout Description
42519 \begin_inset space ~
42523 \begin_inset space ~
42526 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42531 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42535 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42536 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42537 manuals of the applications.
42538 Currently the following commands can be set:
42541 \begin_layout Description
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42557 command Command for the program
42561 that is described in the section
42567 Additional Features
42572 \begin_layout Description
42577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42588 command Command for the program
42592 that generates the bibliography, see section
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42599 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42606 \begin_layout Description
42608 \begin_inset space ~
42611 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42612 \begin_inset space ~
42616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42618 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42625 \begin_layout Description
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42630 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42637 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42644 \begin_layout Description
42646 \begin_inset space ~
42650 \begin_inset space ~
42654 \begin_inset space ~
42658 \begin_inset space ~
42661 options They only have an effect when the program
42665 is used as DVI-viewer.
42668 \begin_layout Standard
42669 There are additionally the following options:
42672 \begin_layout Description
42674 \begin_inset space ~
42678 \begin_inset space ~
42682 \begin_inset space ~
42686 \begin_inset space ~
42690 \begin_inset space ~
42693 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42711 to separate folders.
42712 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42713 \begin_inset Index idx
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42723 \begin_inset Index idx
42726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 \begin_layout Description
42737 \begin_inset space ~
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42749 \begin_inset space ~
42753 \begin_inset space ~
42757 \begin_inset space ~
42760 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42765 dialog when changing the document class.
42768 \begin_layout Section
42770 \begin_inset space ~
42774 \begin_inset Index idx
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42786 \begin_layout Subsection
42788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42790 name "sub:Converters"
42795 \begin_inset Index idx
42798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42807 \begin_layout Standard
42808 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42809 from one format to another.
42810 You can modify them or create new ones.
42811 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42818 \begin_inset space ~
42828 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42832 \begin_inset space ~
42837 drop-down list, modify the
42841 field, and press the
42848 \begin_layout Standard
42851 Converter File Cache
42853 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42856 Maximum Age (in days
42859 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42860 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42863 \begin_layout Standard
42864 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42865 the converter definition, is described in the section
42876 \begin_layout Subsection
42878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42880 name "sec:File-Formats"
42885 \begin_inset Index idx
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42895 \begin_inset Index idx
42898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 \begin_layout Standard
42908 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42909 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42913 \begin_layout Standard
42914 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42915 is described in the section
42926 \begin_layout Standard
42927 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42928 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42929 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42930 This is done by specifying a
42935 More about this is described in the section
42946 \begin_layout Chapter
42947 Units available in LyX
42948 \begin_inset Index idx
42951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42960 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42967 \begin_layout Standard
42968 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42971 reference "cap:Units"
42975 explains all units available in LyX.
42978 \begin_layout Standard
42979 \begin_inset Float table
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 \begin_inset Caption
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43004 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 \begin_inset Tabular
43013 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43014 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 scaled point (65536
43168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43228 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 % of original image width
43290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43497 \begin_layout Chapter
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43508 \begin_layout Standard
43509 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43510 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43513 \begin_layout Itemize
43516 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43519 \begin_layout Itemize
43525 \begin_layout Itemize
43531 \begin_layout Itemize
43537 \begin_layout Itemize
43543 \begin_layout Itemize
43549 \begin_layout Itemize
43555 \begin_layout Itemize
43561 \begin_layout Itemize
43564 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43567 \begin_layout Itemize
43573 \begin_layout Itemize
43579 \begin_layout Itemize
43585 \begin_layout Itemize
43591 \begin_layout Itemize
43597 \begin_layout Itemize
43603 \begin_layout Itemize
43609 \begin_layout Itemize
43615 \begin_layout Itemize
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43626 \begin_layout Standard
43627 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43630 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43637 \begin_layout Bibliography
43638 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43640 LatexCommand bibitem
43647 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43650 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43655 \begin_inset Newline newline
43659 \begin_inset Flex URL
43662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43664 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43672 \begin_layout Bibliography
43673 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43674 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43675 LatexCommand bibitem
43676 key "latexcompanion"
43680 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43682 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43685 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43688 \begin_layout Bibliography
43689 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43691 LatexCommand bibitem
43696 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43699 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43702 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43705 \begin_layout Bibliography
43706 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43708 LatexCommand bibitem
43715 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43718 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43721 \begin_layout Bibliography
43722 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43724 LatexCommand bibitem
43736 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43739 \begin_layout Bibliography
43740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43742 LatexCommand bibitem
43748 \begin_inset Newline newline
43752 \begin_inset Flex URL
43755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43757 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43765 \begin_layout Bibliography
43766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43768 LatexCommand bibitem
43774 \begin_inset Newline newline
43778 \begin_inset Flex URL
43781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43783 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43791 \begin_layout Bibliography
43792 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43794 LatexCommand bibitem
43800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43802 name "Documentation"
43803 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43812 \begin_inset Newline newline
43816 \begin_inset Flex URL
43819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43821 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43829 \begin_layout Bibliography
43830 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43832 LatexCommand bibitem
43838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43840 name "Documentation"
43841 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43845 how to use the program
43850 \begin_inset Newline newline
43854 \begin_inset Flex URL
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43859 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43867 \begin_layout Bibliography
43868 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43870 LatexCommand bibitem
43876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43878 name "Documentation"
43879 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43888 \begin_inset Newline newline
43892 \begin_inset Flex URL
43895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43897 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43905 \begin_layout Bibliography
43906 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43907 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43908 LatexCommand bibitem
43914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43916 name "Documentation"
43917 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43926 \begin_inset Newline newline
43930 \begin_inset Flex URL
43933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43943 \begin_layout Bibliography
43944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43946 LatexCommand bibitem
43952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43954 name "Documentation"
43955 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43959 of the LaTeX-package
43964 \begin_inset Index idx
43967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43968 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43974 \begin_inset Newline newline
43978 \begin_inset Flex URL
43981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43983 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43991 \begin_layout Bibliography
43992 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43993 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43994 LatexCommand bibitem
44000 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44002 name "Documentation"
44003 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44007 of the LaTeX-package
44012 \begin_inset Index idx
44015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44016 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44022 \begin_inset Newline newline
44026 \begin_inset Flex URL
44029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44031 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44039 \begin_layout Bibliography
44040 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44041 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44042 LatexCommand bibitem
44050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44052 name "Documentation"
44053 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44059 of the LaTeX-package
44064 \begin_inset Index idx
44067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44068 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44074 \begin_inset Newline newline
44078 \begin_inset Flex URL
44081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44091 \begin_layout Bibliography
44092 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44094 LatexCommand bibitem
44100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44102 name "Documentation"
44103 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44107 of the LaTeX-package
44112 \begin_inset Index idx
44115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44116 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44122 \begin_inset Newline newline
44126 \begin_inset Flex URL
44129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44139 \begin_layout Bibliography
44140 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44142 LatexCommand bibitem
44148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44150 name "Documentation"
44151 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44155 of the LaTeX-package
44160 \begin_inset Index idx
44163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44164 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44170 \begin_inset Newline newline
44174 \begin_inset Flex URL
44177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44179 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44187 \begin_layout Bibliography
44188 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44190 LatexCommand bibitem
44196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44198 name "Documentation"
44199 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44203 of the LaTeX-package
44208 \begin_inset Index idx
44211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44212 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44218 \begin_inset Newline newline
44222 \begin_inset Flex URL
44225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44227 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44235 \begin_layout Bibliography
44236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44238 LatexCommand bibitem
44244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44247 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44251 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44252 \begin_inset Newline newline
44256 \begin_inset Flex URL
44259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44261 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44269 \begin_layout Bibliography
44270 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44272 LatexCommand bibitem
44278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44281 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44285 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44286 \begin_inset Newline newline
44290 \begin_inset Flex URL
44293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44295 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44303 \begin_layout Bibliography
44304 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44306 LatexCommand bibitem
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44315 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44319 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44320 \begin_inset Newline newline
44324 \begin_inset Flex URL
44327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44329 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44337 \begin_layout Bibliography
44338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44340 LatexCommand bibitem
44346 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44349 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44353 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44354 \begin_inset Newline newline
44358 \begin_inset Flex URL
44361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44363 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44371 \begin_layout Bibliography
44372 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44373 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44374 LatexCommand bibitem
44380 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44383 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44387 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44388 \begin_inset Newline newline
44392 \begin_inset Flex URL
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44397 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44405 \begin_layout Bibliography
44406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44408 LatexCommand bibitem
44414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44417 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44421 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44422 \begin_inset Newline newline
44426 \begin_inset Flex URL
44429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44439 \begin_layout Bibliography
44440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44442 LatexCommand bibitem
44448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44451 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44455 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44456 \begin_inset Newline newline
44460 \begin_inset Flex URL
44463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44465 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44473 \begin_layout Bibliography
44474 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44476 LatexCommand bibitem
44482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44489 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44490 \begin_inset Newline newline
44494 \begin_inset Flex URL
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44499 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44507 \begin_layout Bibliography
44508 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44509 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44510 LatexCommand bibitem
44516 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44519 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44523 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44524 \begin_inset Newline newline
44528 \begin_inset Flex URL
44531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44533 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44541 \begin_layout Bibliography
44542 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44543 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44544 LatexCommand bibitem
44550 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44553 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44557 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44558 \begin_inset Newline newline
44562 \begin_inset Flex URL
44565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44567 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44575 \begin_layout Bibliography
44576 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44577 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44578 LatexCommand bibitem
44584 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44587 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44591 about new features in
44596 \begin_inset Newline newline
44600 \begin_inset Flex URL
44603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44605 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44613 \begin_layout Standard
44614 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44648 \begin_inset Note Note
44651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44658 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44659 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44660 bibliography is the second one:
44668 \begin_layout Standard
44669 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44670 LatexCommand bibtex
44671 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44672 options "biblio/alphadin"
44679 \begin_layout Standard
44680 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44683 \begin_layout Standard
44684 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44685 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44691 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44692 LatexCommand printindex